<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Esploranto</id>
	<title>FrathWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Esploranto"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/Special:Contributions/Esploranto"/>
	<updated>2026-04-08T13:37:59Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.8</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137477</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137477"/>
		<updated>2021-01-12T15:14:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hello, I&#039;m &#039;&#039;&#039;Nicholas&#039;&#039;&#039;, creating languages since 1998~1999 from Buenos Aires, Argentina. First inspirations at that time came from learning English, French and some notions of Greek terminology and Latin (very vague). Later on other influences were Tolkien&#039;s Elvish languages, Old English, Old Norse among others. Some languages I&#039;ve studied to a higher degree include English, French, German, Japanese, Chinese, Russian and Croatian. Also I&#039;ve studied Classical Languages at the university (Latin, Ancient Greek, Sanskrit) and some Ancient languages like Sumerian and Akkadian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m more into &#039;&#039;[[a priori]]&#039;&#039; naturalistic languages, but I&#039;ve dabbled in &#039;&#039;[[a posteriori]]&#039;&#039; too, and of course, some experiments too!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Českoen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Alanûz]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Omonkwi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kamatarna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shellud]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Finnail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brest]]&lt;br /&gt;
* and more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* Bamzooki&lt;br /&gt;
* Aklo&lt;br /&gt;
* Djinn language&lt;br /&gt;
* Atilanan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Teutla]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137476</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137476"/>
		<updated>2021-01-12T15:13:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hello, I&#039;m Nicholas, creating languages since 1998~1999 from Buenos Aires, Argentina. First inspirations at that time came from learning English, French and some notions of Greek terminology and Latin (very vague). Later on other influences were Tolkien&#039;s Elvish languages, Old English, Old Norse among others. I&#039;m more into a priori naturalistic languages, but I&#039;ve dabbled in a posteriori too, often trying to create divergent and hard to categorize romlangs et alia, and of course, some experiments too!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Českoen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Alanûz]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Omonkwi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kamatarna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shellud]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Finnail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brest]]&lt;br /&gt;
* and more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* Bamzooki&lt;br /&gt;
* Aklo&lt;br /&gt;
* Djinn language&lt;br /&gt;
* Atilanan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Teutla]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tulvan&amp;diff=137475</id>
		<title>Tulvan</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tulvan&amp;diff=137475"/>
		<updated>2021-01-12T15:09:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Tulvan&#039;&#039;&#039; is a language developed to be spoken by humans of an Earth-like planet of an imaginary time-line. It showcases a very degraded noun morphology, erosion of compounds, relexification and other such traits. A particular characteristic is that words have become more and more specific in their meanings, thus countering a leveling in morphology with a diversification in semantics. The speakers of Tulvan are thought to be in a post-apogee civilization that values culture and scientific knowledge above all, although they still retain some superstitions in their culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main goals of the language was to experiment with having few to no declensions in a language tending to isolation and analytical morphosyntax. Of course some remnants of an older system remain, so it is not purely one thing or the other, but denotes a state of flux in the language continuum. In comparison to other conlangs of mine it is quite light in declension, only having a marked accusative. Other characteristics are meant to set it apart from common western european languages, such as the use of prefixes for derivation and the use of postpositions being preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Name==&lt;br /&gt;
The native speakers of the language believe the name Tulvan to derive directly from their word &#039;tulv&#039; meaning &amp;quot;to think&amp;quot;, stating that their language is the best and most efficient way to express thought. This is, of course, highly unlikely, and many experts consider it just a case of folk etymology. The origin of the root of the name is unknown, although archaeological and liguistic studies point towards the ancient use of the endonym Tuluan and the region called Tuluanna as more possible and credible sources of the name. The exact meaning of it remains, as of yet, undetermined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
The phonology of Tulvan is not particularly complicated by design. It possesses no affricates or sibilant fricatives, and the velar fricative &amp;lt;c&amp;gt; [x] is becoming indistinguishable from the velar stop &amp;lt;k&amp;gt; [k] in most dialects. The language distinguishes between simple vowels &amp;lt;a, e, i, o, u&amp;gt; and palatalized vowels &amp;lt;ä, ë, ö, ü&amp;gt;, the latter ones not unlike those in Russian or other Slavic languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Consonants ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;bluetable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 660px; text-align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Bilabial&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Dental&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Palatal&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Velar&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Uvular&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Labio-Velar&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Stop&lt;br /&gt;
| p b&lt;br /&gt;
| t d&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| k g&lt;br /&gt;
| q&lt;br /&gt;
| kʷ gʷ&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Fricative&lt;br /&gt;
| f v&lt;br /&gt;
| th [θ]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| c [x]&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| cʷ [xʷ]&lt;br /&gt;
| h&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Sibilant&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| s z&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Nasal&lt;br /&gt;
| m&lt;br /&gt;
| n&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| nʷ&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Liquid&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| l r&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Approximant&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| y [j]&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| w&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
* Since labialized consonants are written just like the IPA reading but with a regular w, they are not repeated.&lt;br /&gt;
* In modern times, many dialects merge the consonants &amp;lt;c, q, k&amp;gt; into a single /k/ phoneme. Some varieties, however, preserve the &amp;lt;c&amp;gt; vs &amp;lt;k&amp;gt; distinction through a voicing contrast, featuring /kʰ/ for &amp;lt;c&amp;gt; and /k/ for &amp;lt;k&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vowels ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;bluetable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! !! Front !! Central !! Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Close&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || || {{IPA|u ʲu}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Mid&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|e ʲe}} || || {{IPA|o ʲo}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Open&lt;br /&gt;
| || {{IPA|a ʲa}} ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
* The only distinction in vowels is between regular vowels and palatized ones, these last ones written: &amp;lt;ä, ë, ö, ü&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
Tulvan is a mostly analytical language, but some remnants of an older case system still remain, for example, in the accusative of nouns. Both pronouns and nouns are inflected for accusative, there&#039;s also an adjectival prefix i- to form adjectives from nouns and pronouns. In the case of pronouns they serve to create the possessive adjectives for each person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The accusative is used in nouns to mark the direct object of a verb. The mark of the accusative in Tulvan is the affix &#039;&#039;&#039;-u&#039;&#039;&#039;. It can sometimes behave as a suffix and sometimes as a prefix. This phenomenon is called &#039;&#039;allotaxy&#039;&#039;, and is phonetically conditioned by the letter in which the previous word ends or the next word begins with, wether it is a consonant or a vowel to avoid a combination of C-C or V-V.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, in the sentence &#039;&#039;cur mem uspär?&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Do you want some water?&amp;quot; the u- marks the accusative because &#039;&#039;mem&#039;&#039; ends in consonant and &#039;&#039;spär&#039;&#039; begins with one. However in a sentence like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Levi crum&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; nus&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;See an old man!&amp;quot; (imperative)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where &#039;&#039;crum&#039;&#039; is &amp;quot;man&amp;quot;, it is perfectly valid to put the -u as a suffix. But this could change in a sentence like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Lev kwam &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;crum nus&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;I see an old man.&amp;quot; (present)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though, in this particular case, either prefix or suffix forms are valid, thus &#039;&#039;lev kwam crum&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; nus&#039;&#039;, is also valid. Depending only on personal taste; however in the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Lev kwam ucrum ëv nus&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;I see a man (who) is old.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The preferred choice would be to prefix the accusative to avoid the following vowel. However, in cases where both the previous word ends in a vowel and the next one begins with a vowel the word preceding usually has precedence. Although some dialects can show different patterns or uses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only other inflection Tulvan nouns mark is number, with a plural suffix &#039;&#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;&#039; (for nouns with a final vowel) or &#039;&#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&#039; (otherwise). So a word like &#039;&#039;utim&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot;, would have a plural &#039;&#039;utimen&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;trees&amp;quot;. This also applies for pronouns and verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Lev kwam utimen nus&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;I see the old trees&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I look at the old trees.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A distinction between &amp;quot;look&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;see&amp;quot; may be made by altering the pronoun. &#039;&#039;See below&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives in Tulvan are invariable in number, declension or gender. They follow their respective nouns and they are divided into two main groups: &#039;&#039;full adjectives&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;derived adjectives&#039;&#039;, the latter are marked by an attributive prefix &#039;&#039;&#039;i-&#039;&#039;&#039;. One will notice that sometimes an English adjective doesn&#039;t have a full adjective in Tulvan. Even though this could be fixed by the attributive making it a derived adjective, sometimes this can give an awkward expression for native Tulvan speakers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the case, for example, with such words as &amp;quot;good&amp;quot; in most common greetings. This is not expressed by an adjective in Tulvan, but by a word meaning &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;well-being&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; as a noun. Also this is the case for some more complex derived adjectives. Needless to say colors belong to the full adjectives category. Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;trum&#039;&#039;&#039; ni nari&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;Good night.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:literally; &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;well-being&#039;&#039;&#039; in the night (for you)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives always follow their noun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Crum &#039;&#039;&#039;nus&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;The old man.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Utim &#039;&#039;&#039;cip&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;The new tree.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Nwir &#039;&#039;&#039;cnara&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;The black sky.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This also applies to derived adjectives with the attributive prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Crum &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;trum&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;A good man.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Roth &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039;crum&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;A mannish woman.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
Tulvan verbs inflect for tense, aspect and voice, usually by a suffix or prefix that expresses all of them. Tenses are historically devided into &#039;&#039;strong&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;weak&#039;&#039;. Strong tenses include a vowel infix or a suffix, while weak tenses will rely on an invariable prefix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Strong tenses ====&lt;br /&gt;
Strong tenses include the present or aorist, the past, the imperative and a subjunctive. The last two being voices rather than &amp;quot;tenses&amp;quot;, but being historically grouped together due to how they are formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;bluetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Affix !! Conjugation !! Example !! English&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -ø || Simple Present || tulv || &#039;&#039;think, thinks&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;... || Simple Past || taulv || &#039;&#039;thought&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; || Imperative || tulvi || &#039;&#039;think!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;...-&#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; || Subjunctive || taulvi || &#039;&#039;may think&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Weak tenses ====&lt;br /&gt;
Weak tenses include the present habitual, the past habitual, the perfect past, the future and the conditional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;bluetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Affix !! Conjugation !! Example !! English&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ki&#039;&#039;&#039;- || Present Habitual || kitulv || &#039;&#039;think, thinks (everyday)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ki&#039;&#039;&#039;-C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;V&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;... || Past Habitual || kitaulv || &#039;&#039;used to think, was thinking&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039;- || Past Perfect || katulv || &#039;&#039;have thought, has thought&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ku&#039;&#039;&#039;- || Future || kutulv || &#039;&#039;will think&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;kya&#039;&#039;&#039;- || Conditional || kyatulv || &#039;&#039;would think&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs derived from adjectives are formed in one of two ways: full adjectives add a suffix -&#039;&#039;iv&#039;&#039; that replaces a final vowel, while derived adjectives add a prefix &#039;&#039;ni&#039;&#039;-. This way we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:cnara, &amp;quot;black&amp;quot; → cnar&#039;&#039;&#039;iv&#039;&#039;&#039;, &amp;quot;darkly&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:cip, &amp;quot;new&amp;quot; → cip&#039;&#039;&#039;iv&#039;&#039;&#039;, &amp;quot;newly&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:itrum, &amp;quot;good&amp;quot; → &#039;&#039;&#039;ni&#039;&#039;&#039;trum, &amp;quot;well&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:iroth, &amp;quot;feminine&amp;quot; → &#039;&#039;&#039;ni&#039;&#039;&#039;roth, &amp;quot;femininely&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Particles===&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Tulvan words|Tulvan Vocabulary page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:A priori]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137474</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137474"/>
		<updated>2021-01-12T15:07:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* A priori conlangs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hello, I&#039;m Nicholas, creating languages since 1998~1999 from Buenos Aires, Argentina. First inspirations at that time came from learning English, French and some notions of Greek terminology and Latin (very vague). Later on other influences were Tolkien&#039;s Elvish languages, Old English, Old Norse among others. I&#039;m more into a priori naturalistic languages, but I&#039;ve dabbled in a posteriori too, often trying to create divergent and hard to categorize romlangs et alia, and of course, some experiments too!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A priori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Českoen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Alanûz]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Omonkwi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kamatarna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shellud]]&lt;br /&gt;
* and more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A posteriori conlang|A posteriori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Finnail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brest]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Germanic-Mapuzugun]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teodiskō]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bamzooki]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aklo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Djinn language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Teutla]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subpages==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:Prefixindex/User:Esploranto/}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Our_Father&amp;diff=137180</id>
		<title>Our Father</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Our_Father&amp;diff=137180"/>
		<updated>2020-12-04T19:24:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* Spanish */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our Father&#039;&#039;&#039;, also known as the &#039;&#039;&#039;Lord&#039;s Prayer&#039;&#039;&#039;, is a widely-known prayer of Christianity. It is used by linguists and conlangers for comparing the differences between languages.  In many cases it is also called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Pater Noster&#039;&#039;&#039; because of the widespread use of Latin in the Church.  There are even [[Runes|Runic]] inscriptions in Latin along the lines of &amp;quot;say a Pater Noster for so-and-so&#039;s soul.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Natlangs=&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Romance Languages]]==&lt;br /&gt;
===Latin===&lt;br /&gt;
:Pater noster, qui es in caelis: &lt;br /&gt;
:sanctificetur Nomen Tuum; &lt;br /&gt;
:adveniat Regnum Tuum; &lt;br /&gt;
:fiat voluntas Tua, &lt;br /&gt;
:sicut in caelo, et in terra. &lt;br /&gt;
:Panem nostrum cotidianum da nobis hodie; &lt;br /&gt;
:et dimitte nobis debita nostra, &lt;br /&gt;
:Sicut et nos dimittimus debitoribus nostris; &lt;br /&gt;
:et ne nos inducas in tentationem; &lt;br /&gt;
:sed libera nos a Malo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Spanish]]===&lt;br /&gt;
:Padre nuestro, que estás en los cielos,&lt;br /&gt;
:santificado sea tu Nombre;&lt;br /&gt;
:venga a nosotros tu Reino;&lt;br /&gt;
:hágase tu Voluntad,&lt;br /&gt;
:así en la tierra como en el cielo.&lt;br /&gt;
:Nuestro pan cotidiano dánoslo hoy;&lt;br /&gt;
:y perdónanos nuestras deudas,&lt;br /&gt;
:así como nosotros perdonamos a nuestros deudores;&lt;br /&gt;
:no nos dejes caer en la tentación,&lt;br /&gt;
:mas líbranos del mal.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amén.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[French]]===&lt;br /&gt;
:Notre Père, qui est aux cieux,&lt;br /&gt;
:Que ton nom soit sanctifié,&lt;br /&gt;
:Que ton règne vienne,&lt;br /&gt;
:Que ta volonté soit faite sur la terre comme au ciel.&lt;br /&gt;
:Donne-nous aujourd&#039;hui notre pain de ce jour.&lt;br /&gt;
:Pardonne-nous nos offences comme nous pardonnons aussi à ceux qui nous ont offensés.&lt;br /&gt;
:Et ne nous soumets pas à la tentation,mais délivre-nous du mal,&lt;br /&gt;
:car c&#039;est à toi qu&#039;appartiennent le règne, la puissance et la gloire, aux siècles des siècles.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Haitian Creole===&lt;br /&gt;
:Papa nou ki nan syèl la,&lt;br /&gt;
:se pou yo respèkte non ou,&lt;br /&gt;
:se pou yo rejonèt se ou ki wa,&lt;br /&gt;
:se pou volonteou fèt sou tè a, tankou nan syèl la.&lt;br /&gt;
:Pen nou bezwen chak jou a, ban nou li jodia.&lt;br /&gt;
:Padonnen so nou fè ou, tanko nou kichòy.&lt;br /&gt;
:Pa kite nou pran nan pyèj, men delivre nou ak sa ki mal.&lt;br /&gt;
:Paske se ou menm sè ki wa, se ou menm ki gen tout pouvwa,&lt;br /&gt;
:se ou menm sèl ki merite konpliman pou tout tan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Germanic languages]]==&lt;br /&gt;
===[[High German]]===&lt;br /&gt;
:Vater Unser im Himmel,&lt;br /&gt;
:Geheiligt werde Dein Name,&lt;br /&gt;
:Dein Reich komme.&lt;br /&gt;
:Dein Wille geschehe,&lt;br /&gt;
:Wie im Himmel, so auf Erden.&lt;br /&gt;
:Unser tägliches Brot gib uns heute,&lt;br /&gt;
:Und vergib uns unsere Schuld,&lt;br /&gt;
:Wie auch wir vergeben unseren Schuldigern.&lt;br /&gt;
:Und führe uns nicht in Versuchung,&lt;br /&gt;
:Sondern erlöse uns von dem Bösen.&lt;br /&gt;
:Denn Dein ist das Reich und die Kraft&lt;br /&gt;
:und die Herrlichkeit, in Ewigkeit.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Dutch]]===&lt;br /&gt;
:Onze Vader,&lt;br /&gt;
:die in de hemelen zijt,&lt;br /&gt;
:geheiligd zij Uw naam.&lt;br /&gt;
:Uw rijk kome,&lt;br /&gt;
:Uw wil geschiede op aarde als in de hemel.&lt;br /&gt;
:Geef ons heden ons dagelijks brood,&lt;br /&gt;
:en vergeef ons onze schulden,&lt;br /&gt;
:gelijk ook wij vergeven aan onze schuldenaren.&lt;br /&gt;
:En leid ons niet in bekoring,&lt;br /&gt;
:maar verlos ons van het kwade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Modern English]] ELLC (1988)===&lt;br /&gt;
:Our Father in heaven,&lt;br /&gt;
:hallowed be your name,&lt;br /&gt;
:your kingdom come,&lt;br /&gt;
:your will be done,&lt;br /&gt;
:on earth as in heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
:Give us today our daily bread.&lt;br /&gt;
:Forgive us our sins&lt;br /&gt;
:as we forgive those who sin against us.&lt;br /&gt;
:Save us from the time of trial&lt;br /&gt;
:and deliver us from evil.&lt;br /&gt;
:[For the kingdom, the power, and the glory are yours&lt;br /&gt;
:now and for ever. Amen.] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Early Modern English]] (1662 BCP)===&lt;br /&gt;
:Our Father, which art in Heaven, &lt;br /&gt;
:Hallowed be thy Name. &lt;br /&gt;
:Thy Kingdom come. &lt;br /&gt;
:Thy will be done, &lt;br /&gt;
:in earth as it is in Heaven. &lt;br /&gt;
:Give us this day our daily bread. &lt;br /&gt;
:And forgive us our trespasses, &lt;br /&gt;
:As we forgive them that trespass against us. &lt;br /&gt;
:And lead us not into temptation; &lt;br /&gt;
:But deliver us from evil. &lt;br /&gt;
:[For thine is the kingdom, The power, and the glory, &lt;br /&gt;
:For ever and ever.] Amen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Middle English]]===&lt;br /&gt;
:Fader ure ðatt art in hevene blisse,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ðin hege name itt wurðe bliscedd,&lt;br /&gt;
:Cumen itt mote ði kingdom,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ðin hali wil it be al don,&lt;br /&gt;
:In heven and in erðe all so,&lt;br /&gt;
:So itt sall ben ful wel ic to;&lt;br /&gt;
:Gif us alle one ðis dai,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ure bred of iche dai,&lt;br /&gt;
:And forgive us ure sinne,&lt;br /&gt;
:Als we don ure wiðerwinnes:&lt;br /&gt;
:Leet us noct in fondlinge fall,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ooc fro ivel ðu sild us alle. Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Anglo-Saxon]]===&lt;br /&gt;
:Fæder ūre, þū eart on heofonum:&lt;br /&gt;
:sī þīn nama ȝehāȝlod.&lt;br /&gt;
:Tōbecume þīn rīce.&lt;br /&gt;
:Ȝeƿeorþe þīn ƿilla&lt;br /&gt;
:on eorþan sƿāsƿā on heofonum.&lt;br /&gt;
:Ūre dæȝhƿāmlican hlāf sielle ūs tō dæȝe.&lt;br /&gt;
:And forȝief ūs ūre ȝyltas&lt;br /&gt;
:sƿāsƿā ƿē forȝiefaþ ūrum ȝyltendem.&lt;br /&gt;
:And ne ȝelǣd þū on costnunȝe,&lt;br /&gt;
:ac ālīes ūs of yfele.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Norwegian]]===&lt;br /&gt;
:Fader vår, du som er i himmelen!&lt;br /&gt;
:Helliget vorde ditt navn;&lt;br /&gt;
:komme ditt rike;&lt;br /&gt;
:skje din vilje,&lt;br /&gt;
:som i himmelen, så og på jorden;&lt;br /&gt;
:gi oss idag vårt daglige brød;&lt;br /&gt;
:og forlat oss vår skyld,&lt;br /&gt;
:som vi og forlater våre skyldnere;&lt;br /&gt;
:og led oss ikke inn i fristelse;&lt;br /&gt;
:men fri oss fra det onde.&lt;br /&gt;
:For riket er ditt,&lt;br /&gt;
:og makten og æren i evighet.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Celtic Languages]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===[[Proto-Gallo-Brythonic]]===&lt;br /&gt;
:Asron atīr, esti·i̯o eni nemesi,&lt;br /&gt;
:noibos buu̯et tou anu̯an,&lt;br /&gt;
:ro·to·aχsāt tou rīgi̯on &lt;br /&gt;
:u̯reχtus tou au̯illos&lt;br /&gt;
:u̯or talamoni samalī eni nemesi.&lt;br /&gt;
:Asron baragon petidīi̯ācon dā snūs sindīu̯on. &lt;br /&gt;
:Matu̯ī snūs asron dligetā,&lt;br /&gt;
:samalī i̯on matu̯imos asron dligeti̯obo,&lt;br /&gt;
:ne·c snīs wede dū u̯osagitē,&lt;br /&gt;
:eχtos snīs dīlunge au u̯allū.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conlangs=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to add Lord&#039;s prayer in your conlangs&#039; version here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Aingeljã]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nou Pare, qwe ets nou cell,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
qwe santificat eh vou nome,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
qwe vene a nos vou reix&amp;amp;#297;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Qwe eh façata va volunt&amp;amp;agrave;,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
tant na terra com nou cell.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Donat-nus hogge nou p&amp;amp;atilde; qwotigg&amp;amp;atilde;n &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e pardonat-nus nas ofensas,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
com tantbain nos pardon&amp;amp;egrave;ms qw&amp;amp;#297;ns ofensen-nus.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E n&amp;amp;otilde; deixat-nus cadre na tentaz&amp;amp;otilde;n&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e lluwerat-nus dou Mal. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Amain.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Altherkin Itak]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Our_Father_-_Altherkin_Itak_-_Script_4.JPG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Jia&#039;meh Abbous Jeon&#039;yajeo naebu de, namaewae Yi beilahjeon ang de.&lt;br /&gt;
:Jeo no Altherkjeon Yi beilah.&lt;br /&gt;
:Jikan fotei, dei&#039;fover Yi werben no Jeo e&#039;ea Jeon&#039;yajeo naebu.&lt;br /&gt;
:Deikan ima e&#039;ea deikan&#039;mej, lat warei kae&#039;a jia&#039;meh nimo.&lt;br /&gt;
:Luswerzya luswer jia&#039;meh paliya. Warei ahsu luswer luswerzya dei&#039;fover nyan.&lt;br /&gt;
:Yi beilah nei warei jianxi werben dili, da&#039;a&#039;te Yi warei proteto detei luswer paliya.&lt;br /&gt;
:(Jeo no Altherkjeon Yi ang de, ta Jeonji, e&#039;ea ta pa&#039;a&#039;me, por jikan fotei mej.)&lt;br /&gt;
:Ohmaen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Our Father Heaven inside is, name you holy it is.&lt;br /&gt;
:Land of God your exist.&lt;br /&gt;
:Time future, intent you act of Earth and Heaven inside.&lt;br /&gt;
:Today and every day, To us bread our give.&lt;br /&gt;
:Forget sins our please. We their sin forget intend also.&lt;br /&gt;
:You &amp;quot;To be&amp;quot; no us cause &amp;quot;to act&amp;quot; bad, but you us protect from sin please.&lt;br /&gt;
:(Land of God yours it is, The divine power, and the glory, for time future all.)&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.facebook.com/v/2682096943833 Hear it read by Motonjia (external Link)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Anoé]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;,nul-((fuuilat-en-ia)-él-éltil)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;efma-en-ve fi-atfalit tléé&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((tintom-en-ve fi-ulaat tléé&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;uuifó-en-ve fó-én-aé)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;an-(Earth)-fn-(al-ló-él-éltil)).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;,ve ie-aile-ufuium li-aten-óf-(ailu)-at-ia.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;,ve felien-en-ia éliuón-at-ia&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;nif-(ia én-(laéen ia feliu) éliuón-at-al.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;,ve ia erian-ól-(ésélit-en-uilien)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;tléé ve ia erian-sééld.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(fan ól-tintom tlé ól-élein tlé ól-aliaten (al-en-ve al&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family: AnoeyTuinelanFuturamerlincom; font-size: 7px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ló-(et-tlé-néf)). ,fti-ló.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Aquarian]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ayter oosen, dar yas dh&#039;indra,&lt;br /&gt;
:Wennick yas ya hennell ov;&lt;br /&gt;
:Erras a h-affy hoyrick ov;&lt;br /&gt;
:Voon erreth surrys; &lt;br /&gt;
:Ar channal, say ar indra.&lt;br /&gt;
:Acketh y&#039;oos keenow gakeener scran os.&lt;br /&gt;
:Ga vargeth y&#039;oos affickes os,&lt;br /&gt;
:Sinda chy a vargy heem dar affickash dhe goorth oos.&lt;br /&gt;
:Ga harrenneth y&#039;oos nee dhe gunther;&lt;br /&gt;
:Madge nashneemeth y&#039;oos oo leen.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Arkhæn | Arkhæn]]==&lt;br /&gt;
A Prayer to The Psynecerion, a polytheistic &amp;quot;Lord&#039;s Prayer&amp;quot; equivalent in the religion of Kareigăn-Hæx religion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modern Arkhæn Alkavăht Script ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arkhaen_Lordprayer.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Romanized: ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Keir præhăm mhe jzakar Yfikt Sehri,&lt;br /&gt;
:Hoth amăn khăma taiku Hæx, ara Gaateni&lt;br /&gt;
:Keir amăn ir ăndrgaaten, keir flær dhe vari, mhe garăm deru cogan dhe miyar kædi&lt;br /&gt;
:Mhe kariar ăz i ăn ara zeidu joirk ak mhe mujes jzakar haqeinan dhe hjaani&lt;br /&gt;
:Măhdi keir suod zăn hoth adr, măhdi keir anămi zăn hoth adr, &lt;br /&gt;
:Mhe ghejz haqeinan zuk i ăn ăhsl dyhijoi&lt;br /&gt;
:Măhdi hoth gaate qajoi dyhijoi mhe mujes jzakar kanrqeinăn avarkhe&lt;br /&gt;
:Măhdi ăhsl mhe takad kăhkănen dhe jzakar ræhi dhe hjaani ak dhe jzakr Kareigăn-Hæx.&lt;br /&gt;
:Aze Takădi!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translation: ===&lt;br /&gt;
:We pray to the Perfect Ones,&lt;br /&gt;
:They who came from Six, our creators&lt;br /&gt;
:We who are subservient, we ask of them, to lend us some of their strength&lt;br /&gt;
:To carry on our daily tasks and to keep the balance of nature&lt;br /&gt;
:May we live as they do, may we die as they do, to bring balance upon all worlds&lt;br /&gt;
:May they create more worlds to drive the imbalance away.&lt;br /&gt;
:May all to be enlightened of the ways of nature and of the Original Six.&lt;br /&gt;
:Aze Takadi! (both a greeting gesture as well as a sort of &amp;quot;amen&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classical Arithide==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Classical Arithide}} by [[User:Denihilonihil|Eugene]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Arithide Sample Text Corpus}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;66%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! bgcolor=#dfdfdf | Classical Arithide&lt;br /&gt;
! bgcolor=#dfdfdf | Late Classical Arithide&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=33% valign=top | Fābā rignā, zōon saluminnum, &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;histamosit illos ays. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Egēra lisgas ays. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Reskerosit deiros ays, &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;halagum saluminnumena. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Rignor emereto haror omer krerērō, &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;a kansārērō irige syndrē, &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;rīgisae syndirēnēs kansārena. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;On rege avgērērō thiftiae, &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;nege rege magārērō vokirōn. Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
| width=33% valign=top | Fābā rikin, saluminnum hero, &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;histamesit illos ayn. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Egura lisgas ayn. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Reskeresit deiros ayn, &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;halaginnum saluminnumena. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Rikin emnatir haro omnat kreruras, &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;nam kansaruras rīkae syndrē, &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;rikisyndoris syndirēnēs kansariena. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;On riko avlataguras orgrei, &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;nege riko magāruras vokyrōn. Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[The World|Avantimanisc]]==&lt;br /&gt;
:Oure fadêr that be yn heuenerihhe;&lt;br /&gt;
:sende ye-hallawet thin namô;&lt;br /&gt;
:cwem te thin rihhdomaz;&lt;br /&gt;
:sende thin wellez ye-dôn swo yn medwaralde swo yn heuenam;&lt;br /&gt;
:yef ôs on te daye oure ĳelckday susteynavant;&lt;br /&gt;
:ande ôs foryef oure detes,&lt;br /&gt;
:swo we foryef te oure detendam;&lt;br /&gt;
:ande ne lîth ôs nouwt te thon castynge,&lt;br /&gt;
:but framward-ôs-lôs fram euele.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(Modern) Avelian==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Camo no Fadatheudeur inmiseot hedeveudeun,&lt;br /&gt;
:cim letnida no netem bimnida-aneurnidayo.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cim letnida no kidingdeudeum kamao,&lt;br /&gt;
:cim letnida kimnat weontnida hapeunao bimnida-dumnidayo&lt;br /&gt;
:onmiseot euteurtheu cometeo ca bimnida-dumnidayo inmiseot hedeveudeun.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cim givnida camo koretien camo no tienlimiseot beureted.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cim forgivnida camo ateo camo no sitin&lt;br /&gt;
:jestmiseot cometeo camo alsuteomiseot forgivnijiyo il kim sinnida agenstmiseot camo.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cim kipnida camo feurommiseot feolshao intumiseot sitin kimnut camo bimnida-tempnidayo.&lt;br /&gt;
:Cim seivnida camo feurommiseot iveulmang il; &lt;br /&gt;
:feteo kidingdeudeum, padauweudeur, kuteo geulodoridi biseo cim no, kuteoeveurmiseot. Emen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Bisla&#039;ikh]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;In Bisla&#039;ikh Script&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Дӑтэвӑнђоҏю, ќерђКӑлэӑн,&lt;br /&gt;
:Овэеђэда кӑлэмӑнта,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ќоралусвађэда, ҏэвӑнђадтеђбува,&lt;br /&gt;
:Дежэђэда, гушанђэда, ҏантэнкђаҏђбувӑ,&lt;br /&gt;
:ГтюђЭҏпэх, лэкэнӑ скђКӑлэӑн,&lt;br /&gt;
:Бӑлшӑђэда ск&#039;оҏю эн левенӑ павђлучӑн,&lt;br /&gt;
:Бӑлшӑђэда ск&#039;оҏю эн сэќ спучӑшђэда,&lt;br /&gt;
:Бӑлшӑђэда ск&#039;оҏю эн мусэнђэда,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ос лунӑмачэђэда скђоҏю эн мусэнђэда, ю мусэнђоҏюђбувӑ обаяђеда!&lt;br /&gt;
:Спрэнкђэдађбувӑ веж скђмӑлхӑнӑ, эмп cпрэнкђэдађбувӑ ҏобуђковӑтэ ос ҏобуђмӑлхӑнӑ!&lt;br /&gt;
:Аҏ Ќоралусвађэда, энугяђэда, сэќђэда,&lt;br /&gt;
:Яу сэќоҏу,&lt;br /&gt;
:Cпӑяђэду!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;In Roman Script&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Dativan&#039;orryu, xer&#039;Kalian,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ovie&#039;idu kalimanthu,&lt;br /&gt;
:Xorulirsvu&#039;idu, rrivan&#039;udthe&#039;birva,&lt;br /&gt;
:Dezhi&#039;idu, girshun&#039;idu, rrunthing&#039;urr&#039;birva,&lt;br /&gt;
:Gthyu&#039;Irrfikh, likina sg&#039;Kalian,&lt;br /&gt;
:Balsha&#039;idu sg&#039;orryu in levena puv&#039;lirchan,&lt;br /&gt;
:Balsha&#039;idu sg&#039;orryu in six sfirchash&#039;idu,&lt;br /&gt;
:Balsha&#039;idu sg&#039;orryu in mirsin&#039;idu,&lt;br /&gt;
:Os lirnamuchi&#039;idu sg&#039;orryu in mirsin&#039;idu, yu mirsin&#039;orryu&#039;birva obuya&#039;idu!&lt;br /&gt;
:Sfring&#039;idu&#039;birva vezh sg&#039;malkhana, imf sfring&#039;idu&#039;birva rrobir&#039;kovati os rrobir&#039;malkhana!&lt;br /&gt;
:Urr Xorulirsvu&#039;idu, inirgya&#039;idu, six&#039;idu,&lt;br /&gt;
:Yair sixorrir,&lt;br /&gt;
:Sfaya&#039;idir!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Our father, in heaven,&lt;br /&gt;
:Your name is Sacred,&lt;br /&gt;
:Your kingdom, it comes,&lt;br /&gt;
:Your wants, your needs, they shall occur, &lt;br /&gt;
:On earth, similar to heaven,&lt;br /&gt;
:you give to us now the bread of life,&lt;br /&gt;
:You give to us all your compassion,&lt;br /&gt;
:You give to us now your forgiveness,&lt;br /&gt;
:and you teach to us forgiveness, so we will forgive as you!&lt;br /&gt;
:You will not lead us to evil, but you will lead us from temptation, and evil! &lt;br /&gt;
:they are your Kingdom, Your power, your all,&lt;br /&gt;
:For all time,&lt;br /&gt;
:I pray!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Brithenig==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Nustr Padr, ke sia i llo chel,&lt;br /&gt;
:sia senghid tew nôn,&lt;br /&gt;
:gwein tew rheon,&lt;br /&gt;
:sia ffaeth tew wolont,&lt;br /&gt;
:syrs lla der sig i llo chel.&lt;br /&gt;
:Dun nustr pan diwrnal a nu h-eidd;&lt;br /&gt;
:e pharddun llo nustr phechad a nu,&lt;br /&gt;
:si nu pharddunan llo nustr phechad.&lt;br /&gt;
:E salw nu di&#039;ll temp di drial,&lt;br /&gt;
:mai llifr nu di&#039;ll mal.&lt;br /&gt;
:Per ill rheon, ill cofaeth e lla leir es ill tew, per segl e segl.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bu&#039;ochia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Njosto padrón, kia asta an chiellium &lt;br /&gt;
:Chea sjen nom asta sancituri &lt;br /&gt;
:Chea sjen raliam venvi &lt;br /&gt;
:Chea sjen volosón asta naochi &lt;br /&gt;
:Ser terrum sem ser chiellium &lt;br /&gt;
:Dunnavi-noasta azi njosto pani je chachi uro &lt;br /&gt;
:Pardanvi njostosi ovenchuvati &lt;br /&gt;
:Ser noasta pardunomós achi ere ellum kia noasta uvos ovensuvasa &lt;br /&gt;
:Lel nen noasta inducha teminotium &lt;br /&gt;
:Masi leberani noasta ochje malum. &lt;br /&gt;
:Aminan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Calcoradish]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Calcoradish sample text (Lord&#039;s prayer).jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Latin transcription&lt;br /&gt;
:Chém e starden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Vem stár, edur sór agøis sym naeth; a yidur.&lt;br /&gt;
:Yidur dræs vem sǿdur e zøch vendur ǿl nabel.&lt;br /&gt;
:Yidur dræs vem volnadúr ol zøch vendur adenǽl.&lt;br /&gt;
:Yidur dræs vem lygor e zøch vendur nagǿl aver laghne, den andur aver naeth.&lt;br /&gt;
:Zøch fegois e odetol vem yidur codurnedem.&lt;br /&gt;
:Zøch adegois e cǽge edur yidur modelaer e chter, corem edur yidur adegedoer vem modenódel e agor yidur.&lt;br /&gt;
:Zøch dois gorendrǽl e yidur, em decæis yidur gór modhem.&lt;br /&gt;
:Volnadúr em voldor em graneth tordýr e zøch triondor.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Dmezk]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Boja,&lt;br /&gt;
:Pani morosza muno metsa&lt;br /&gt;
:Muno motsekune asza&lt;br /&gt;
:Urhdu murez munazi otso numira fujarez arhmede,&lt;br /&gt;
:ko drokesza murez numira lofurajizy,&lt;br /&gt;
:Kru murez drokesza murez furetez dusz lek e murez muteke.&lt;br /&gt;
:Ko furetez murez enu umz ki dorake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ellesklavan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Ellesklavan}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:vidrömü, ci eu en éfni,&lt;br /&gt;
:aolé eu tli nömü.&lt;br /&gt;
:tli řoyamü viyen.&lt;br /&gt;
:tli sřay eu fazi,&lt;br /&gt;
:en teřya é ža eu en éfni.&lt;br /&gt;
:dono no sé širu pasirana kotined.&lt;br /&gt;
:éti frocefi no trégepaseniran,&lt;br /&gt;
:kön no frocefi elehli ci  trégepaseni kontri no.&lt;br /&gt;
:éti neu kleřtni pa no ostü betnosü;&lt;br /&gt;
:mé délifeř no dé džharag.&lt;br /&gt;
:(porceu lešé eu lé řoyamü, lé pufovřir, éti lé kloriyen,&lt;br /&gt;
:por tu éti tu) amné.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ergon Gelog==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Вир фадхер им дос химил&lt;br /&gt;
Хаилог ис дос намо&lt;br /&gt;
Дху кунаиграих куме&lt;br /&gt;
Дху вил ис хемохт&lt;br /&gt;
Ан ердхо ваи им химил &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Romanized &lt;br /&gt;
Vir faðer im dos himil &lt;br /&gt;
Heliog iz dos namo&lt;br /&gt;
Ðu kuneingreich kume&lt;br /&gt;
Ðu vil iz hemocht&lt;br /&gt;
An erðo vei im himil&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IPA &lt;br /&gt;
/viʁ fʌðeʁ im dαs ximil/&lt;br /&gt;
/xailαɣ iz dαs namo/&lt;br /&gt;
/ðu kunaiŋʀaiχ kumə/&lt;br /&gt;
/ðu vil iz xəmαχt/&lt;br /&gt;
/an eʀðo vai im ximil/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Esperanto==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Patro nia, kiu estas en la ĉielo,&lt;br /&gt;
:sanktigata estu Via nomo.&lt;br /&gt;
:Venu Via regno.&lt;br /&gt;
:Fariĝu Via volo,&lt;br /&gt;
:kiel en la ĉielo, tiel ankaŭ sur la tero.&lt;br /&gt;
:Nian panon ĉiutagan donu al ni hodiaŭ.&lt;br /&gt;
:Kaj pardonu al ni niajn ŝuldojn,&lt;br /&gt;
:kiel ankaŭ ni pardonas al niaj ŝuldantoj.&lt;br /&gt;
:Kaj ne konduku nin en tenton,&lt;br /&gt;
:sed liberigu nin de la malbono.&lt;br /&gt;
:(Ĉar Via estas la regno kaj la potenco&lt;br /&gt;
:kaj la gloro eterne.)&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Háfrig]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Kes Etâr, qwin il eskáleo ri,&lt;br /&gt;
:genomentuz i missild,&lt;br /&gt;
:offimmoz i tis agenir,&lt;br /&gt;
:geroz i tis élekk,&lt;br /&gt;
:léda l-eskálio, śo l-edzúroro si.&lt;br /&gt;
:Forventikál vekánandum dontiz káj píl,&lt;br /&gt;
:et offűliz i bêtgánandu,&lt;br /&gt;
:léda ke s’ offűlam i h-inóvand bêtdífendo.&lt;br /&gt;
:E gin véliz kum kojsitána,&lt;br /&gt;
:ak gemojgiriz i vultími.&lt;br /&gt;
:(Dé tis i h-agenir, i forrel e l-iskür forvenâk.)&lt;br /&gt;
:Roz ö-gen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Hellingijø]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:anseraz faþiriz, hwaz in itim oranï biuziz,&lt;br /&gt;
:haggiðiz þinaz onamaz sijeza.&lt;br /&gt;
:þinaz bazilidomaz kwemiða,&lt;br /&gt;
:þinaz bulizi ana þe gerþi &lt;br /&gt;
:hwo ana þo oranï þuriða.&lt;br /&gt;
:anseraz hemerilikazini itini arþizi tohemeri gebeniza&lt;br /&gt;
:andi anseraz hamaritï sigihoriza,&lt;br /&gt;
:hwo wiz itini sundarï anagagin anziz sighoram.&lt;br /&gt;
:andi to itinø hagadomiziz de-agiza&lt;br /&gt;
:haldiz þinaz fram itinø ubiliziz siziza.&lt;br /&gt;
:amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(Modern) Ialacian==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Yamono Fadatheudeur inmiso hedeveudeun,&lt;br /&gt;
:leteyim no nekem bi aneurshta.&lt;br /&gt;
:Leteyim no kidingdeudeum kam,&lt;br /&gt;
:leteyim kiena waonteyim fu hapeun bi dushta&lt;br /&gt;
:onmiso eukeurtheu asoru biya dushta inmiso hedeveudeun.&lt;br /&gt;
:Giveyim pamo tisoneun yamono neunlimiso beurekedeu.&lt;br /&gt;
:Forgiveyim pamo aru yamono sikinsi&lt;br /&gt;
:jesteumiso asoru haveyamo alsorumiso forgiveushta taseto kien sin agensteumiso pamo.&lt;br /&gt;
:Kipeyim pamo feurommiso faollinggeu intumiso sikin kienu biyamo tempeushta.&lt;br /&gt;
:Seiveyim pamo feurommiso lo iveulmung in; &lt;br /&gt;
:foru lo kidingdeudeum, lo padauweudeur, toru lo geulodoridi bi yimno, forueveurmiso. Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Intrekómi==&lt;br /&gt;
:Món Pápa ínno ávno,&lt;br /&gt;
:ton nomí es holíninó,&lt;br /&gt;
:ton ressilénto komí,&lt;br /&gt;
:Te hi esóno finí,&lt;br /&gt;
:ono l’Érti se ínno ávno.&lt;br /&gt;
:Áttū ma’ món díni bréto sedí.&lt;br /&gt;
:Forgívū món sína per mas&lt;br /&gt;
:se  ma forgíva la pópla ki sí kon mas.&lt;br /&gt;
:Sévū mas de l’hóro di triálo&lt;br /&gt;
:ve delíverū mas de la vílo.&lt;br /&gt;
:[Per la ressilénto, la póvro, ve la glóro es ton&lt;br /&gt;
:adéssi ve per etérni. Ámen.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keβag==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Keβag}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Fät man, lë beş ë pöt taɸ ë nheμet&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:lo seintsat ë seɸot&#039;u ðo&lt;br /&gt;
:qeşa e dewönhoxul ðo&lt;br /&gt;
:ër sat&#039;a ë pełäk do&lt;br /&gt;
:aże taɸ ë nheμet&#039;, aże taɸ ë nhujm&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:ovinë manheşë ekys ë nałecu ekyşoru μan&lt;br /&gt;
:cë danosë en μyg μan&lt;br /&gt;
:lo danos aże en μyɣocuv μan&lt;br /&gt;
:cë μë phonë manhëm taɸ ë rhejżaxaş&lt;br /&gt;
:aca püksatё manhëm renh e-ekwaň.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Kihā́mmic]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kihā́mmic Millenium Bible&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Gloss&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;9 Vámû náčûm hekóš fáz kašā́ etômá: mnốmô Dárat kétômô yû́n Yégkhāne sói, danamá tīdá sōramá séi.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9 You (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;n pl nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) have to (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pres n pl&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) pray (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;inf&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) how (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conj&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) according to (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conj&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) this (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;f sing gen&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;): our (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) Father (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) who (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) in (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) Heaven (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) be (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pres m sing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;), your (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;f sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) name (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;f sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) holy (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;f sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) be (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pres f sing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;10 Ī́tnômô Yegašā́n ôfót, ī́tnûm yón lé Gántre yā́ yû́n Yégkhāne tróp verázamô.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10 Your (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) Kingdom (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) come (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;fut imp m sing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;), yours (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) on (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) the (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) Earth (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) as (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;adv&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) in (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) Heaven (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) be (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;fut imp m sing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) do (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;past part m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;11 Klûrû́vû pā́dû yû́n étôme klûrét mámô stagaþố.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11 Daily (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;n sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) bread (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;n sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) on (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) this (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;f sing prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) day (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;f sing prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) we (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;n pl all&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) give (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;imp m sing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;12 Yanošố mánômā solgkhámā yā́ mánômā solgkhonámā mámû yanû́m.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12 Pardon (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;imp m sing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) our (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m pl acc&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) debt (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m pl acc&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) as (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;adv&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) our (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m pl acc&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) debtor (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m pl acc&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) we (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;n pl nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) pardon (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pres n pl&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;13 Ôyán nárstûnô mámā ôkradžôtố bán é ayán eutá mámā čulūtố paškomá ī́tnûm sói lố čanák é lố tūkál ə́tə tôvánə džā́zə. Amén.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13 To (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) temptation (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing all&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) we (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;n pl acc&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) lead (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;imp m sing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) not (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;neg&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) and (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conj&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) from (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) evil (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing abl&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) we (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;n pl acc&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) save (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;imp m sing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) because (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conj&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) yours (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) be (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pres m sing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) the (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) power (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) and (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conj&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) the (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) glory (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing nom&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) for (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;prep&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) all (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing term&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) time (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;m sing term&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Amen (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant: small-caps;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;adv&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kerno==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:a Phazeoir Nusteor que bias &#039;n y ceues;&lt;br /&gt;
:foreth noef il tew nom;&lt;br /&gt;
:gouenyes il tew camouils;&lt;br /&gt;
:foreth fès la teva gouoluntáts&lt;br /&gt;
:en lâ derra cuomo &#039;ny ceues;&lt;br /&gt;
:danos-el osdia le nusteor panèn cuotidièn;&lt;br /&gt;
:dimeti y nusteor dheuz&lt;br /&gt;
:cuomo dimitemus ai nusteor dheutoeres;&lt;br /&gt;
:et ne nus attrayer rhen al tentación,&lt;br /&gt;
:mays eliveránus des val.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Koulesch==&lt;br /&gt;
: Fater Unser, der is ime himmel&lt;br /&gt;
: Geheiligt werde dain name&lt;br /&gt;
: dain raich kome&lt;br /&gt;
: dain wille gescheh&lt;br /&gt;
: auf erden wie ime himmel&lt;br /&gt;
: gib uns heyt unser tagliches brout&lt;br /&gt;
: und erlou unsere schulde&lt;br /&gt;
: wie wir erloun unsere schuldiger&lt;br /&gt;
: und fyyre uns nicht in fersuuchung&lt;br /&gt;
: aber befrai uns fomme ybel&lt;br /&gt;
: Amen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Pronunciation:&lt;br /&gt;
: /&#039;fɑ:tər ʊnsər dɛr ɪs ɪmə &#039;hɪm:əl/&lt;br /&gt;
: /g&#039;he:lɪkt &#039;ʋɛrdə daɪn &#039;nɑ:mə/&lt;br /&gt;
: /daɪn &#039;raɪx &#039;ko:mə/&lt;br /&gt;
: /daɪn &#039;ʋɪl:ə g&#039;ʃe:/&lt;br /&gt;
: /auf &#039;ɛrdən ʋi: ɪmə &#039;hɪm:əl/&lt;br /&gt;
: /&#039;gɪp ʊns &#039;hɛɪt ʊnsərə &#039;tɑ:klɪxəs &#039;bro:t/&lt;br /&gt;
: /ʊnt ər&#039;lo: ʊnsərə &#039;ʃʊldə/&lt;br /&gt;
: /ʋi: ʋɪr ər&#039;lo:n ʊnsərə &#039;ʃʊldɪgər/&lt;br /&gt;
: /ʊnt &#039;fi:rə ʊns nɪxt ɪn fər&#039;su:xʊŋ/&lt;br /&gt;
: /abər b&#039;fraɪ ʊns fomə &#039;i:bəl/&lt;br /&gt;
: /ɑ:mən/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Note:&lt;br /&gt;
# in Koulesch, /x/ is never pronunced as the voiceless palatal fricative [ç], even before or after front vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
# the copula &amp;quot;is&amp;quot; is also sometimes written as &amp;quot;ist&amp;quot;, but the form &amp;quot;ist&amp;quot; is considered archaic or dialectical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Labwese]]==&lt;br /&gt;
:Getuz-sovex&#039;Vatu pwo njebex,&lt;br /&gt;
:getuz-detu&#039;imje sanktifikate;&lt;br /&gt;
:riz-detu&#039;Krolete xri sovex;&lt;br /&gt;
:faz-detu&#039;Vile pwo zemlje kil pwo njebe.&lt;br /&gt;
:Siwodnja daz-detu sovex&#039;xlote;&lt;br /&gt;
:e prastjez-detu sovex&#039;deptex,&lt;br /&gt;
:kil prastjez-sovex sovex&#039;deptekex;&lt;br /&gt;
:njok perlimjez-detu folz pwo temptatje,&lt;br /&gt;
:e rifekez-detu takuj ploxje.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lánc==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Lánc}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Vojun nát, eráv bálot&lt;br /&gt;
:Townon úk svútutolas&lt;br /&gt;
:Townon krišpót atja&lt;br /&gt;
:Townon šalja toljas&lt;br /&gt;
:Džú bálot džu pánot&lt;br /&gt;
:Lakfadžo vojay vojunon banfadžáro bágwo kál&lt;br /&gt;
:Ši vojay vojunyojon plačoy gwalč&lt;br /&gt;
:Džu vój vojunyajon plajačanay mijo gwalčen&lt;br /&gt;
:Ši vojo onás gorávtjámás ét majv&lt;br /&gt;
:Ýbo vojo ód ono gráwno nálutol.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Leet_Speak|L337 5q34Ҟ]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:0ύЯ ph4th3r N ん3\/N,&lt;br /&gt;
:L33+ 1z ur N￥m,&lt;br /&gt;
:ur Ӄ1n6|)0mz h3Я3 nao,&lt;br /&gt;
:u 90んん4 cl00 vv47 u w4んん4 cl00,&lt;br /&gt;
:0n 34r+ん L13k n ん3\/N.&lt;br /&gt;
:L37z 34+ 2d4y l13k d4 07hЯ d31,&lt;br /&gt;
:461v h0w3r fragz &amp;amp; pks plz,&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;amp; wii vv1LL 461v3 d4 w0nz dat phr4993d u5. &lt;br /&gt;
:$4v3 uz phr0m d4 fl00d,&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;amp; 41$0 phr0m d4 L337 3v!|_.&lt;br /&gt;
:4ym3んz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lišěč==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Lišěč}}&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Latin alphabet&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:Fial Ipa, ktõr õłokotë tajväka&lt;br /&gt;
:sanktakammë leel nimien&lt;br /&gt;
:mënnajast leel küningrik&lt;br /&gt;
:tĕdaekemmë leel vylen&lt;br /&gt;
:śo tajväka, śo mälmake&lt;br /&gt;
:đnes antajatë fiam đnesmasen lĕjpäen&lt;br /&gt;
:õnt fergepejetë fial velkĕnesen&lt;br /&gt;
:śo fi fergepekemmë fial velketelnesem&lt;br /&gt;
:õnt ĕłi oğiatojotë ferśukedenë&lt;br /&gt;
:õnt svobõdojotë fian pakadaţë&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Cyrillic alphabet&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:Фиал Ипа, ктõр õљокотё тайвäка&lt;br /&gt;
:санктакаммё леел нимиен&lt;br /&gt;
:мённайаст леел кÿнингрик&lt;br /&gt;
:тĕдаекеммё леел вылен&lt;br /&gt;
:зо тайвäка, зо мäлмаке&lt;br /&gt;
:ћнес антайатё фиам ћнесмасен лĕйпäен&lt;br /&gt;
:õнт фергепейетё фиал велкĕнесен&lt;br /&gt;
:зо фи фергепекеммё фиал велкетелнесем&lt;br /&gt;
:õнт ĕљи ођиатойотё ферзукеденё&lt;br /&gt;
:õнт свобõдойотё фиан пакадаθё&lt;br /&gt;
:Амен&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lojban==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:doi cevrirni.iu noi zvati le do cevzda do&#039;u fu&#039;e .aicai .e&#039;ecai lo do cmene ru&#039;i censa&lt;br /&gt;
:.i le do nobli turni be la ter. ku se cfari&lt;br /&gt;
:.i loi do se djica ba snada mulno vi&#039;e le cevzda .e .a&#039;o la ter.&lt;br /&gt;
:.i fu&#039;e .e&#039;o ko dunda ca le cabdei le ri nanba mi&#039;a&lt;br /&gt;
:.i ko fraxu mi loi ri zu&#039;o palci&lt;br /&gt;
:.ijo mi fraxu roda poi pacyzu&#039;e xrani mi&lt;br /&gt;
:.i ko lidne mi fa&#039;anai loi pacyxlu&lt;br /&gt;
:.i ko sepri&#039;a mi loi palci&lt;br /&gt;
:.i .uicai ni&#039;i loi se turni .e loi vlipa .e loi mi&#039;orselsi&#039;a cu me le do romei&lt;br /&gt;
:fa&#039;o&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classical Longrimol==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Longrimol}} by [[User:Longrim|Longrim]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Adhorom nedhúrer&lt;br /&gt;
:airalichy raivog&lt;br /&gt;
:therdhäil darandorog&lt;br /&gt;
:dhánäilichy malfog&lt;br /&gt;
:márchan nedhúrer&lt;br /&gt;
:gweltheljbantho-m&#039;il&lt;br /&gt;
:jaldhtharvo-m&#039;il&lt;br /&gt;
:oi thärvim mênjäldhim&lt;br /&gt;
:dhulro-m&#039;il glastainúlong&lt;br /&gt;
:dhulro-m&#039;il gruidhong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[find i dharandr-og cambadh-og asdago-og cwildhríl. Emín.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==LΙΝҀΟΥΑ LΟΥϹΑΡ / Loucarian==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:ΝЄΜЄΤ ϚΟϚΠЄІΤΟ ΠѠΔΙϹ ῙϹ ϹΑΤΑ ΜΑϹϹΑΡЄΙΡЄ : ЄΤΤΙ ΠЄJЄΤΟ ῙϹ:&lt;br /&gt;
:ЄΝΑΜϜЄΡϜЄΡ ΤΙΜ ΜΑϹϹΑΡЄΙΡЄ ϹΟΥΔЄΙЄΡЄ ΙϹΑ:&lt;br /&gt;
:ΑΒΒΑ ΝΑϚϚЄΡ ЄΝ ϚΑΜΑΥΑΝΑΜ ΝΑ&lt;br /&gt;
:ϘЄΔΔЄϹ ΑL ΝΟΜΟΝ ΔΙ ΤΙΜЄΤ&lt;br /&gt;
:ϚѠΠΠЄΡЄ ΑL ΝΟΥΜΜЄΝ ΔΙ ΤΙ ΠѠΔЄϘϹ ΦЄϹΤΙΝΑΜ&lt;br /&gt;
:ΟΥΤΤΑΤΟ ϜΑΔ ΑL ΑLΦΑϹ ΔΙ ΤΙ ЄΙΜ ЄΝ ΑL ΤΙΡ ЄΙΜ ЄΝ ΑL ΠΑΡΑΔЄΙϚΙΑΜ&lt;br /&gt;
:ϹϜЄΡϹΑΡЄ ΤΙ ΑΔΙϹ ΝΑϚϚЄΡ ЮΤΙΜ ΑL ΠΟΥΝΤΙΜ ϹΑϚϹΟΥΜНΝЄϹ ΔΙ ΝΑϚϚЄΡ&lt;br /&gt;
:ΔЄΜЄΤЄΡЄ ΤΙΜ ΑL ΙϹΑΙϹΑ ΝΟΒΟΝ ΔΙ ΝΑϚϚЄΡ ϘΟΥЄΜ ΝΑϹ ΔЄΜЄΤЄΡЄ ΑL ΝΑΜΑΔЄΡΑΜ ΔΙ ΝЄϚϚЄΡ&lt;br /&gt;
:ΜΙΡЄ ΔΟΥϹЄΡЄ ΝΑϚϚЄΡ ΑΔΙϹ ΠЄΙΡΑϚΜΟΜ&lt;br /&gt;
:ΜΙΡЄ ΔН ϹѠΙΡЄ ΤΙΜ ΝΑϚϚЄΡ ΑΔ ΙΝJΟΥΔΙϚϚΙΑΜ. ѨΜΙΝ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:They ask to Jesus concerning to pray; and said Jesus:&lt;br /&gt;
:Whenever you pray say this:&lt;br /&gt;
:Father of us in-heaven-in&lt;br /&gt;
:holy the name of you&lt;br /&gt;
:become the heavenly-realm of you with fast&lt;br /&gt;
:go done the will of you as in the earth as in the paradise&lt;br /&gt;
:give you towards us today the bread of-everyday of us&lt;br /&gt;
:wipe-away you the this-here sin of us as we wipe-away the sinship of them&lt;br /&gt;
:do-not lead us towards temptation&lt;br /&gt;
:do-not but put you us to trial. amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Mentolatian]]==&lt;br /&gt;
:zan paher, qua-dauv fí-jeuwof dauv og-quarmenom: &lt;br /&gt;
:our father, TOP.you, in the heavens you (be-)where&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:nin-fêtyom quesam omfi-secchyom, perem fí-jeuwof i-dvan, &lt;br /&gt;
:down-gaze and about-look, from in heavens your,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:arjjaguz quesam cuscuw, dauv: &lt;br /&gt;
:blessed and lovely, you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:qua-varam pahera i-zan qua-dauv siyymnom quesam le-nes dauv khoelyos:&lt;br /&gt;
:TOP.truth father of us indeed you are and ACC.us you make.whole&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:qua-náman i-dvan, yisam he arjjagmenem:&lt;br /&gt;
:TOP.name your, that-in.particular it (is) blessed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:qua-reget i-dvan, yisam he nin-wanmnem: &lt;br /&gt;
:TOP.realm your, that-in.particular it down-come&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:qua-wallwan i-dvan, yisam he tintenmnem: &lt;br /&gt;
:TOP.will your, that-in.partic it be beautifully done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:nô ôg-jájomd og-qua-jwí-nô: &lt;br /&gt;
:as loc.Gea loc.TOP.Heavens as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:qua-sómat i-zan, cabyôm dauv le-he on-nes yiyi og-yi-sunnu: &lt;br /&gt;
:TOP.bread.for.the.day of us, give you ACC.it DAT.us that LOC.this.sun/day&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:qua-erufezzí i-zan, nô suwatyôm dauv qua-nes, hessam nes suwatyos nô: &lt;br /&gt;
:TOP.sins of-us, as wash.clean you TOP.us, them we wash.clean as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:n-dlatem sem le-nes on-piscamat dauv: &lt;br /&gt;
:NEG.put NEG ACC.us DAT.trial you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:rats dlatem le-budem de-yi-tartar:&lt;br /&gt;
:quicker send ACC.evil to-that-yonder (away)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:n-wanmnem sem og-nes sem nenfâs.&lt;br /&gt;
:NEG.come NEG among-us no evil-doing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nician==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Nician}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Il nost pat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Il nost pat, chi ses nis ceis,&lt;br /&gt;
:Saintifcat sie’l tu nom.&lt;br /&gt;
:Venì’l tu regn.&lt;br /&gt;
:Se face la tue volontat,&lt;br /&gt;
:Nis ceis com sope la terre.&lt;br /&gt;
:Oz dànos il nost pan cottizan.&lt;br /&gt;
:E dimìttenos is nosts dèvits,&lt;br /&gt;
:Com ezze nos dimittius ais nosts devitoes.&lt;br /&gt;
:E n’indùcenos in teumtazion,&lt;br /&gt;
:Veò lìveanos da male.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Nyenglisk]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ár faður ín hevinað,&lt;br /&gt;
:Halóað er þín nam,&lt;br /&gt;
:þín kingdom kome,&lt;br /&gt;
:þín vil er makað,&lt;br /&gt;
:on erðað as ín hevinað.&lt;br /&gt;
:Give víð tilda ár dali bred.&lt;br /&gt;
:Forgive víð, ár sina&lt;br /&gt;
:As ví forgive þata, som sin eje víð&lt;br /&gt;
:Save ví fro tímiðum af trialað&lt;br /&gt;
:o delive ví fro ývilað&lt;br /&gt;
:[For kingdomiðum, páeriðum, o glóríðum er þíns ná o for evur. Amen.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nytal==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Nytal}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Nytal biblical texts}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Babu ni la, ki ad’jo ju ojl &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ni la a’šijnt noym Ok &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Nori sliknost Ok &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ni la a’nut ehoj Ok &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Iknijt ju ojl, Iknijt sjep bajus vsi &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Ole tyahri er ni la ejs ni la &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:A vlup er ni la le finans ni la &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Iknijt gek ni la a’vlup er le mefinanser ni la &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:A ta nenijt ni la ka medoljem &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:U vrij ni la de olim &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Amen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Old High Jermench==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:fatzar nôstar cî es in câlîs&lt;br /&gt;
:seiaz cunsantzîts noum twou&lt;br /&gt;
:wienaz rin twou&lt;br /&gt;
:seiaz cundahtûts wuontzats twâ&lt;br /&gt;
:siht in câl ah in zerra&lt;br /&gt;
:fân nôstar côsitân ta nous houd&lt;br /&gt;
:ez ferdouna nous ôdsa nôstra&lt;br /&gt;
:siht ez nus ferdounams ôdintîs nôstrîs&lt;br /&gt;
:ez nei nus intûtzas in zinhôn&lt;br /&gt;
:mâhs liura nus tei mâl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Parra]]==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Latin:&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Papa denes, ce da a seli,&lt;br /&gt;
:Noma dedi esi santo fa fara.&lt;br /&gt;
:Sarso dedi fa veni,&lt;br /&gt;
:Vola dedi esi fa fara, tanta a sinla, tanta a seli.&lt;br /&gt;
:Ves den, xat de den per nos dada,&lt;br /&gt;
:E debiti denes perona, tanta nos perona emedebiti denes.&lt;br /&gt;
:E a temta nos ne conduşu,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ma nos escer de saló fara.  Amén&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Cyrillic:&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Папа дэнэс кэ да а сэли,&lt;br /&gt;
:Нома дэди эси санто фа фара.&lt;br /&gt;
:Сарсо деди фа вени,&lt;br /&gt;
:Вола деди эси фа фара, танта а синла, танта а сэли.&lt;br /&gt;
:Вес ден, хат де ден пер нос дада,&lt;br /&gt;
:Э девити денес перона, танта нос перона эмэдебити денес.&lt;br /&gt;
:Э а тэмта нос нэ кондушу,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ма нос эскещэ дэ салӧ фара.  Амӭн.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Qi (Irfikian Language) | Qi]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Prayer to Sola: The &#039;lord&#039;s prayer&#039; equivalent in the Qilan religion of Solarriam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Qi&#039;a Script:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prayer_to_Sola.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Transliteration with Grammar points:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:nalo&#039;áf qi&#039;no a&#039;a so&#039;la o&#039;za no&#039;ó-dá&#039;ó&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;pray we to sola on day(definite)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:ra&#039;a-i&#039;infa&#039;nó da&#039;sana&#039;i lí&#039;di qo&#039;va &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;(adv)continuous shine his light&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:ni&#039;vi&#039;da lí&#039;di vo&#039;o&#039;o qi&#039;no va&#039;lo si&#039;í&#039;i si&#039;a qo&#039;va si&#039;a qo&#039;novir&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;fill he lives our with joy and light and warmth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:razina&#039;lo&#039;on lí&#039;di va&#039;siro&#039;á na&#039;la&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;bring forth he plants all!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:fazi&#039;i&#039;os lí&#039;di qa&#039;a&#039;vo&#039;o-i&#039;aza-dá&#039;ó&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;sustain he herd(pl)(definite)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:ra&#039;a-i&#039;infa&#039;nó ni&#039;vi&#039;la&#039;á lí&#039;di va&#039;lo si&#039;zaroni&#039;i qi&#039;no &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;(adv)continuous provide he us with necessities our&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:a&#039;a nazilo&#039;o&#039;a si&#039;a ri&#039;ad&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;to eternity and day&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:qa&#039;asno&#039;oq qi&#039;no li&#039;a&#039;a&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;salute we you&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:va&#039;la&#039;a&#039;í!&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Prosper!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Proper translation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:We pray to sola on this day, &lt;br /&gt;
:That his light may continuously shine. &lt;br /&gt;
:May he fill our lives with joy, light and warmth&lt;br /&gt;
:May he bring forth all plants,&lt;br /&gt;
:May he sustain the herds&lt;br /&gt;
:May he continuously provide us with what we need&lt;br /&gt;
:For eternity and a day&lt;br /&gt;
:For we salute you&lt;br /&gt;
:Prosper!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Qihep]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qihep Our Father.png|240px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:ul la dī pāp, ma kōpdīn stā&lt;br /&gt;
:ma dī ńim ā śkedskyt des&lt;br /&gt;
:ma dī horvranmeś qin des&lt;br /&gt;
:ma dī wiś ā skyt des&lt;br /&gt;
:kōpdīn stā dī do i grūn stā dī do tykcin&lt;br /&gt;
:ma ul la tykbultsēd pām kreś fa si&lt;br /&gt;
:ī ma ul la dī smūś vorkreś si&lt;br /&gt;
:ul la ul la dī smūśmor mēmcin vorkreś fa&lt;br /&gt;
:ī ma ul la togrēxkȳt to pē mūh&lt;br /&gt;
:yt ma ul la śluk ud vrīskyt si&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;āmen&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Roguel]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pater-noster-roguel.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
:Andon burcuetnya sigie burcuteget: &lt;br /&gt;
:Ronetlinete Attokorutyo, &lt;br /&gt;
:ansiradiyabek ec&#039;ungut, &lt;br /&gt;
:onabek t&#039;amanextangut, &lt;br /&gt;
:hanyiptabek lhardagut, &lt;br /&gt;
:ronde hanodeder. &lt;br /&gt;
:Unarihat pankorutit pirkoruma. &lt;br /&gt;
:Avelkorutna ripna, &lt;br /&gt;
:avelkepkorutna ripnakder. &lt;br /&gt;
:Pesadey dumirkorimat merey ik&#039;adibikare. &lt;br /&gt;
:Guene t&#039;amanextanek, hurotek, yomonek, kolganalnuk. &lt;br /&gt;
:Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Sandic]] (Kémani)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Pé da aŵ pa lēyar,&lt;br /&gt;
:Daeyui obatara béenú pé,&lt;br /&gt;
:Béno pé obaféd,&lt;br /&gt;
:Wîc pé obatoka,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ó ba imprîâ obatokara ŵhé pa ân.&lt;br /&gt;
:Ŵian ta damdabin jémohnin otiab opétora,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ta lenadabin aŵin otiab opéfama,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ta kémabin, ŵiab opur, otiab opéfama.&lt;br /&gt;
:Ŵian opéneot ma ân aŵtewîc ân ma dabin lenain,&lt;br /&gt;
:A ŵiab frn wîc ân ma dabin akenoin opéjjémz.&lt;br /&gt;
:[Pa skra jébi- Ba imprîâ frn pé batara, iné wî ba béno, iné wî ba auzeract,  &lt;br /&gt;
:Gre kala, jéb obatara,]&lt;br /&gt;
:Lēamian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Sdrawkcab]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Ruo rehtaf, ohw si ni nevaeh, &lt;br /&gt;
:Dewollah eb yht enam,&lt;br /&gt;
:Yht modgnik emoc,&lt;br /&gt;
:Yht lliw eb enod, &lt;br /&gt;
:No Htrae sa ti si ni Nevaeh&lt;br /&gt;
:Evig su siht yad ruo yliad daerb, &lt;br /&gt;
:Dna evigrof su ruo snis, &lt;br /&gt;
:Sa ew evigrof esoht ohw nis tsniaga su. &lt;br /&gt;
:Dael su ton otni noitatpmet,&lt;br /&gt;
:Tub reviled su morf live, &lt;br /&gt;
:Rof eniht si eht modgnik, eht werop dna eht yrolg, &lt;br /&gt;
:Rof reve dna reve, &lt;br /&gt;
:Nema!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Senjecas==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pronunciation table===&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;bluetable lightbluebg&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; vertical-align:left; margin: 1em auto 1em auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p&lt;br /&gt;
!b&lt;br /&gt;
!f&lt;br /&gt;
!v&lt;br /&gt;
!m̃&lt;br /&gt;
!m&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!t&lt;br /&gt;
!d&lt;br /&gt;
!þ&lt;br /&gt;
!ð&lt;br /&gt;
!ɫ&lt;br /&gt;
!l&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!ṡ&lt;br /&gt;
!ż&lt;br /&gt;
!s&lt;br /&gt;
!z&lt;br /&gt;
!r&lt;br /&gt;
!n&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!k&lt;br /&gt;
!g&lt;br /&gt;
!x&lt;br /&gt;
![[Wikipedia:Gha|ƣ]]&lt;br /&gt;
!h&lt;br /&gt;
![[Wikipedia:Yogh|ȝ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!š&lt;br /&gt;
!s̨&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!i&lt;br /&gt;
!e&lt;br /&gt;
!a&lt;br /&gt;
![[Wikipedia:Ogonek#Similar diacritics|ǫ]]&lt;br /&gt;
!o&lt;br /&gt;
!u&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!ĭ&lt;br /&gt;
!ĕ&lt;br /&gt;
!ŭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|/p/&lt;br /&gt;
|/b/&lt;br /&gt;
|/ɸ/&lt;br /&gt;
|/β/&lt;br /&gt;
|/m̥/&lt;br /&gt;
|/m/&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|/t/&lt;br /&gt;
|/d/&lt;br /&gt;
|/θ/&lt;br /&gt;
|/ð/&lt;br /&gt;
|/l̥/&lt;br /&gt;
|/l/&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|/ʦ/&lt;br /&gt;
|/ʣ/&lt;br /&gt;
|/s/&lt;br /&gt;
|/z/&lt;br /&gt;
|/ɾ̥/&lt;br /&gt;
|/n/&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|/k/&lt;br /&gt;
|/g/&lt;br /&gt;
|/ç/&lt;br /&gt;
|/ʝ/&lt;br /&gt;
|/j̊/&lt;br /&gt;
|/j/&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|/sʷ/&lt;br /&gt;
|/sʲ/&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|/i/&lt;br /&gt;
|/e/&lt;br /&gt;
|/ä/&lt;br /&gt;
|/ɒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|/o/&lt;br /&gt;
|/u/&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|/ɪ/&lt;br /&gt;
|/ɛ/&lt;br /&gt;
|/ʊ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*9b: &#039;&#039;&#039;ṡemenőm éna m̃u-taata̋. tu-fe̋e̋to sa̋kaþo ile̋ȝa:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
::ͳημηνõμ ήνα ϝυ-ταατᾶ τυ-φῆῆτο ςᾶκαθο ιλῆjα:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*10: &#039;&#039;&#039;tu-reeƣta̋im̃a ǧeme̋ȝa: tu-tőla épi ṡemenős éna da v̌eetős éva kı̋aþa ile̋ȝa:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
::τυ-ρηηϙτᾶιϝα γῠημῆjα: τυ-τõλα ηπα ͳημηνõς ήνα δα ϐῠηητõς ῆϐα κι̃αθα ιλῆjα:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*11: &#039;&#039;&#039;m̃úm o sáhvi sa̋ho m̃u-k̬a̋zom dőőe:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
::ϝύμ ο ςάⱶϐι ςᾶⱶο ϝυ-κῠᾶζομ δõõη:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*12: &#039;&#039;&#039;m̃u-vűűmon m̃un dűűre épa m̃us m̃u-vűűmlun dűűra:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
::ϝυ-ϐῦῦμον ϝυν δῦῦρη ήπα ϝυς ϝυ-ϐῦῦμλυν δῦῦρα:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*13: &#039;&#039;&#039;xe̋e̋lam éna m̃un de̋uke mee. þóósi ɫaaxta̋s ápa m̃un še̋ve.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
::χῆῆλαμ ήνα ϝυν δῆυκη μηη. θόόςι ƛααχτᾶς άπα ϝυν ςῠῆϐη.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dox:&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;hi reeƣta̋im̃ak̬e m̃a̋kak̬e m̨a̋gok̬e tús o še̋ðtam éna e̋sa va̋a̋⁝&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
::ⱶι ρηηϙτᾶιϝακῠη ϝᾶκακῠη μῐᾶγοκῠη τύς ςῠῆϑταμ ήνα ῆςα ϐᾶᾶ⁝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Consult the Senjecan [[Senjecas - The Lord&#039;s Prayer|page]] for the literal Greek translation and the gloss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Solaric]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Fòrr ewo nhebn,&lt;br /&gt;
:neem Yöö yehöle,&lt;br /&gt;
:rüü Yöö yesiwoikèm&lt;br /&gt;
:weu Yöö yesiwoigeedü&lt;br /&gt;
:nadwol loi nhebn.&lt;br /&gt;
:yügevusye daalebreed ewo tadee.&lt;br /&gt;
:Yüfgevus eemyesen ewo,&lt;br /&gt;
:loi wifgevem daa deesen ngeets us.&lt;br /&gt;
:Yüseevys frè jentaam,&lt;br /&gt;
:an yübrengus frè ivu.&lt;br /&gt;
:[Kèz ödrüü, edpawo, &#039;n odgloi deeyööz&lt;br /&gt;
:nyo &#039;n freve. Amen.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Talarian==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:elemtilenopâtar&lt;br /&gt;
:sánctyata tawas xonomar-ca-he&lt;br /&gt;
:wewóytâ hanirfanar-ca-he&lt;br /&gt;
:pepelewórkâ tawas walar-ca-he&lt;br /&gt;
:hostanuššexomani-han-he&lt;br /&gt;
:elemtileno-han-he&lt;br /&gt;
:tatâhyata-me tâlcoteyel támtar-ca-he&lt;br /&gt;
:ffaffalyata-me mesas taipallanar-ca-he&lt;br /&gt;
:ffalmá cam taipallanar-ca-he&lt;br /&gt;
:anhaharxanyata-me çalarswwalana-ca-he&lt;br /&gt;
:roromyata-me tusar-te-he. Omen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Heavenly Father&lt;br /&gt;
:and blessed-be thy name&lt;br /&gt;
:and realised-be spiritual-Rest&lt;br /&gt;
:and fullydone-be thy will&lt;br /&gt;
:and Middle-World-in-the&lt;br /&gt;
:and Heavens-in-the&lt;br /&gt;
:and give us each-day godly-gift-the&lt;br /&gt;
:and wash us our spiritual-separation&lt;br /&gt;
:and we wash their spiritual-separation&lt;br /&gt;
:and burden-not us heavenly-adjudication-by&lt;br /&gt;
:and guide us evil-out-from&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Tanrian]]==&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Patro Nostra&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;(a version)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Patro nostra, qui esta in ceal&lt;br /&gt;
:Santificat esta nomen teu&lt;br /&gt;
:Regno teu venira&lt;br /&gt;
:Voro teu sera fazut&lt;br /&gt;
:Sur Terra ca esta in ceal&lt;br /&gt;
:Donez a noi hodia nostra pan omnidia&lt;br /&gt;
:E ieştaz nostras debitos&lt;br /&gt;
:Ca ieştam nostras debitores&lt;br /&gt;
:E noi duçez non in tentazio,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ma noi liberaz del malezza.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tauro-Piscean==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Tauro-Piscean language}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tet Fedä ëleêses, wa zï in Heofonem,&lt;br /&gt;
:¡Letan tet Namen janes clenê bean!&lt;br /&gt;
:Tet Kïnedom janes kum.&lt;br /&gt;
:¡Letan tet Willê janes dodê bean,&lt;br /&gt;
:Et Eëtenem tonnê in Heofonem!&lt;br /&gt;
:¡Jefan ëleêsen tode tet jedewamliken Bräden!&lt;br /&gt;
:¡And fëjefan ëleêsen te Jïêlten,&lt;br /&gt;
:Tonnê ëleês fëjef kvinem, dass makê Jïêlten!&lt;br /&gt;
:¡And ledan ëleêsen nat in Kostnungen,&lt;br /&gt;
:Ak beëjan ëleêsan fram Ïfeêlem!&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tï janes zï tet Kïnedom, tet Mït and tet Wöldë,&lt;br /&gt;
:To efä nes efä.] Sotlikê.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that the Tauro-Piscean language evolved into the (New) West Germanic language below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[https://www.frathwiki.com/Chathan Tcathan]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Onser faþer wir ist ien himlrejk,&lt;br /&gt;
:helik ist jejn namn,&lt;br /&gt;
:las jejn koningrejk komman,&lt;br /&gt;
:jejn wilje senan gygjoran,&lt;br /&gt;
:awp jarþ als hes ist ien himlrejk.&lt;br /&gt;
:Gejf ons þet dag onser daglik browd,&lt;br /&gt;
:ond fergejf ons onser sckulden,&lt;br /&gt;
:als wej fergefat onser sckulderen gejgnst ons,&lt;br /&gt;
:ond lejd ons niek iensu fersuknung,&lt;br /&gt;
:mar byfrej ons awt ufil.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Teeverb Kuluxem ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Teeverb Kuluxem}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teeverb Kuluxem:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Tuchomat Kulonar:&lt;br /&gt;
:Padre keeyuhn infadia, uba&#039; nio shuuran,&lt;br /&gt;
:Tunatma kuyuhn echa&#039; tubonflaken.&lt;br /&gt;
:Yaco-ubhiemna tukinglak kunoi tuyumya,&lt;br /&gt;
:Shem yaco-ubfin tupaj kunoi,&lt;br /&gt;
:Nio shutereen sima nio shuuran.&lt;br /&gt;
:Pal-ubofero tukwam kudiama kuval alt sheeyuhn;&lt;br /&gt;
:Shem pal-ubforglan teeyuhn sima okforglan teeotheeno;&lt;br /&gt;
:Vo pal-ubleedha teeyuhn alt shutemapta,&lt;br /&gt;
:Kief pal-ubforma okvan vaeem shupekitat;&lt;br /&gt;
:Tukinglak shem tufuertlas shem tuglameeka eshadda kunoi.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The prayer of the Lord:&lt;br /&gt;
:The Father of Ours, who is in Heaven,&lt;br /&gt;
:Your name is great.&lt;br /&gt;
:Bring your kingdom here,&lt;br /&gt;
:And accomplish your plan,&lt;br /&gt;
:On Earth the same as in Heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
:Give us the food of this day;&lt;br /&gt;
:Forgive us the same as we forgive others;&lt;br /&gt;
:Do not lead us to temptation,&lt;br /&gt;
:But force us to go away from evil;&lt;br /&gt;
:The glory, the power and the glory are your&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teycil==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Teycil}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Paycil, jsomnajs hœjcoir væ&lt;br /&gt;
:zulev jsuveno lea&lt;br /&gt;
:ga ayro bolmadanev&lt;br /&gt;
:malev nā lea&lt;br /&gt;
:jsomnajs me ehrenajs&lt;br /&gt;
:moljga luie molojzunour mujxel ga beih&lt;br /&gt;
:me jqœnūl ga gjrebeih&lt;br /&gt;
:polajs-ajga jqœnosæcūl gjrebō lea&lt;br /&gt;
:me pîrojgīne xo le ga doikot vā&lt;br /&gt;
:tu jræsīne jcon le ga jzineih vā&lt;br /&gt;
:Amēn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Theudo==&lt;br /&gt;
:Than pár ágí,yrth thí inn yln,&lt;br /&gt;
:yrth than avn ádích ogam,&lt;br /&gt;
:Kumadth than unkrig ádích, &lt;br /&gt;
:Mymeridth than abad ádích,&lt;br /&gt;
:Onn jorder ek inn yln.&lt;br /&gt;
:Gefathí égí than yndé broth ágí&lt;br /&gt;
:ug yrdylathí égí thaí egání ágí,&lt;br /&gt;
:ek yrdylath égí étí dach égánath alyn égí.&lt;br /&gt;
:ug dá burdithí égí dá díchossen,&lt;br /&gt;
:ach durthí égí am drogh.&lt;br /&gt;
:[Lí yrth sy than unkrig ádích, than ubres ug than gylá. Líny ug y. Amen]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Thorsutian==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Thorsutian}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Man baset, cus ёd nё parasje,&lt;br /&gt;
:ёsmardzsёn ёdur xjen zavke.&lt;br /&gt;
:Xjen mёbraţje rikas.&lt;br /&gt;
:Xjen zsёdu çozid,&lt;br /&gt;
:ёn toke siç ёd tho parasjud.&lt;br /&gt;
:Jat maţu ked ord man vorje bucje.&lt;br /&gt;
:E ţalis maţu man funёbartiv,&lt;br /&gt;
:siç maţ ţalёmi çadёk cus funёbart kurda maţu &lt;br /&gt;
:E pron maţu nok tho ёnarzsud,&lt;br /&gt;
:pas shonah maţu el necud,&lt;br /&gt;
:(ţa xjen ёl mёbraţi, uuzs, e strirren,&lt;br /&gt;
:ţa dadarma e dadarma.)&lt;br /&gt;
:Amen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Todamese==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By [[User:Xadrezo|xadrezo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Meqas up thèladzh [mɛqas up θəladʒ]&lt;br /&gt;
:wedy qiv [wɛɟ qiv]&lt;br /&gt;
:wey ily [wɛj iʎ]&lt;br /&gt;
:odh wediv [ɔð wɛdiv]&lt;br /&gt;
:ladzhav thècc [ladʒav θəɕ]&lt;br /&gt;
:ow melcadzhapyitsh [ɔw mɛʟadʒapjitʃ]&lt;br /&gt;
:ow um ywethèmevits [ɔw um ɥɛθəmɛvits]&lt;br /&gt;
:èwh om udh ywethèdhevits [əʍ ɔm uð ɥɛθəðɛvits]&lt;br /&gt;
:ow kèm ywethèqgadily [ɔw kɛm ɥɛθəðɛɢadiʎ]&lt;br /&gt;
:èwh ow kèny fadzhiv [əʍ ɔw kəɲ fadʒiv]&lt;br /&gt;
:èq. [əq]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tufeyo==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;New American Bible&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;9b.&#039;&#039;&#039; Our Father in heaven, hallowed be your name,&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;10.&#039;&#039;&#039; your kingdom come, your will be done on earth as it is in heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;11.&#039;&#039;&#039; Give us today our daily bread,&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;12.&#039;&#039;&#039; and forgive us the wrong we have done, as we forgive those who wrong us.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;13.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subject us not to the trial but deliver us from the evil one.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Dox.&#039;&#039;&#039;For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever and ever. Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Tufeyan text&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;He e&#039;ea taña u&#039;u fifine, me te pe pega vene ha ui kime.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Me pe puni ha ui ńuhofome, me te pe vipe ha ui voe u&#039;a u&#039;u ha fine u&#039;a o&#039;a ha pahe.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Tema ui ha e&#039;ea hiye baleda i na-e&#039;ea mau hiye sa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;E ńala ui ha e&#039;ea na-poponi i e&#039;ea sa u&#039;a ńala e&#039;ea hu e&#039;ea na-poponifeti.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;E gihe ui aya ya ńepeane wa sa, ete fewe ui na-e&#039;ea iye hu vińe sa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Ñafo pe ta ha ńuhofome ua ui e ha ńeme e ha vuhume aya metu&#039;ine. Me pe ta kimio.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;ń&amp;gt; = /ŋ/&lt;br /&gt;
*Consult the Tufeyo [[Tufeyo - The Lord&#039;s Prayer|page]] for the literal Greek translation and the gloss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Urban Basanawa]]==&lt;br /&gt;
Basanawa-dji:&lt;br /&gt;
: 我等之父，だいす在ん天&lt;br /&gt;
: 望爾い名為う聖りﾟがど&lt;br /&gt;
: 望爾い(王)国来む&lt;br /&gt;
: 望爾い志ゑいす成ん&lt;br /&gt;
: 在ん地如く在ん天&lt;br /&gt;
: 我等之日りﾟく食与うﾟと我等す今日&lt;br /&gt;
: 又ん赦えうﾟ我等之債&lt;br /&gt;
: 如く我等赦えわ゜と我等之負者&lt;br /&gt;
: 又ん無率ど我等す入と誘惑&lt;br /&gt;
: 但く救い我等す離ぐふぉん邪悪&lt;br /&gt;
: あめん&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oldwriting(Romanization):&lt;br /&gt;
: ur Fadder, d&#039;is an heven,&lt;br /&gt;
: hope dy name doo heeliged,&lt;br /&gt;
: hope dy kingdom kome,&lt;br /&gt;
: hope dy will wese doon&lt;br /&gt;
: an erd like an heven.&lt;br /&gt;
: ur daglik brood, geve to us fondag&lt;br /&gt;
: en fergeve ur shuldes,&lt;br /&gt;
: like wi fergevet ur beshulders&lt;br /&gt;
: en ne leed us into yuwaku&lt;br /&gt;
: ak free us weg fon evel.&lt;br /&gt;
: Amen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pronunciation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: /ur &#039;fadər də is in &#039;hevən/&lt;br /&gt;
: /&#039;ho:p dai &#039;na:m du: &#039;hi:ligət/&lt;br /&gt;
: /&#039;ho:p dai &#039;kiŋdəm &#039;ko:m/&lt;br /&gt;
: /&#039;ho:p dai &#039;wil &#039;we:s &#039;du:n/&lt;br /&gt;
: /an ert laik in hevən/&lt;br /&gt;
: /ur &#039;daxlik &#039;bru:t &#039;ho:p du &#039;ge:f tə us &#039;fondax/&lt;br /&gt;
: /en fər&#039;ge:f ur &#039;ʃuldəs/&lt;br /&gt;
: /laik wi fər&#039;ge:vət ur bə&#039;ʃuldərs/&lt;br /&gt;
: /en ne &#039;li:t us intə ju&#039;waku/&lt;br /&gt;
: /ak &#039;fri: us &#039;weç fon &#039;evəl/&lt;br /&gt;
: /&#039;amen/&lt;br /&gt;
Note:&lt;br /&gt;
# the short vowels /e/, /i/, /o/, /u/ are frequently pronunced as [ɛ], [ɪ], [ɔ], [ʊ] respectively; the long vowel /a:/ is frequently pronunced as [ɑ:]&lt;br /&gt;
# the vowel in the suffix -dom(as in the word &amp;quot;kingdom&amp;quot;) can be /o/ or /ə/.&lt;br /&gt;
# /ŋ/ is frequently pronunced as [ŋk] in syllable-final position, but this only applies to words and affixes of Germanic Origin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vityng by [[User:Schlaier|Schlaier]]==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Vityng}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|Vityng our Father}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:fæðirr óssa, hvem ar i himinn&lt;br /&gt;
:nama þinn ver hǽlge&lt;br /&gt;
:kónungrikk þinn ver gaður&lt;br /&gt;
:øskja þinn ver skaftur&lt;br /&gt;
:an eorð og sva i himinn.&lt;br /&gt;
:ǿssi gefar dægglykur brǿð óssa, þessa dagg.&lt;br /&gt;
:og synni óssa grætar óss&lt;br /&gt;
:sva varr grætum þætt ƕað skap synni an ǿssi&lt;br /&gt;
:i nǿðen lǽðarna óss&lt;br /&gt;
:og fram yfil takar óss.&lt;br /&gt;
:sænnlykur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Volapük]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Volapük Rigik - Original Volapük&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:O Fat obas, kel binon paisaludomöz nem ola!&lt;br /&gt;
:Kömomöd monargän ola!&lt;br /&gt;
:Jenomöz vil olik, äs in sül, i su tal!&lt;br /&gt;
:Bodi obsik vädeliki givolös obes adelo!&lt;br /&gt;
:E pardolös obes debis obsik,&lt;br /&gt;
:äs id obs aipardobs debeles obas.&lt;br /&gt;
:E no obis nindukolös in tendadi;&lt;br /&gt;
:sod aidalivolös obis de bad.&lt;br /&gt;
:Jenosöd!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Volapük Nulik - New Volapük&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:O Fat obas, kel binol in süls! Nem olik pasalüdükonöd!&lt;br /&gt;
:Regän ola kömonöd!&lt;br /&gt;
:Vil olik jenonöd, äsä in sül, i su tal!&lt;br /&gt;
:Givolös obes adelo bodi aldelik obsik!&lt;br /&gt;
:E pardolös obes döbotis obsik,&lt;br /&gt;
:äsä i obs pardobs utanes, kels edöbons kol obs.&lt;br /&gt;
:E no blufodolös obis,&lt;br /&gt;
:ab livükolös obis de bad!&lt;br /&gt;
:(Ibä dutons lü ol regän, e nämäd e glor jü ün laidüp.)&lt;br /&gt;
:So binosös!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==West Germanic==&lt;br /&gt;
{{seealso|West Germanic language}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Uɍę Ąldoɍ, tu tąt is in ħjovonųm,&lt;br /&gt;
:Si tin namę halaɉ.&lt;br /&gt;
:Kumę tin riŧę,&lt;br /&gt;
:Maŧiǫn tin wįleǫn up eɍdųm ék swa in ħjovonųm.&lt;br /&gt;
:Uɍę daɉliŧ lafǫn gįvǫn us todaɉ,&lt;br /&gt;
:ǫnd foɍgįvǫn us uɍę ſųldzǫn ék swa we foɍgįf uɍę ſųldaɉǫn.&lt;br /&gt;
:Ǫnd faɍǫn tu ųn in ħjan kǫstnųnðǫn, ak luzǫn ųn uvęlęnę.&lt;br /&gt;
:[Ųmbętąt tin is tąt riŧę, tąt miħt ǫnd tąt wųldoɍ,&lt;br /&gt;
:ąvɍweɍd eŧę.]&lt;br /&gt;
:Sodliŧę.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xìjekìx==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Jakke Qaʹjki vìjjvu,&lt;br /&gt;
:Vasarvecev Kiçe kxkòr uzwakav.&lt;br /&gt;
:Vasarvecev Kiçe qa&#039;ihorveh vàqwakav.&lt;br /&gt;
:Vasarvecev Kiçe ixerca vvisehuv vròç vìjjvu.&lt;br /&gt;
:Ìjerkov krajakk jakke xejkìsgèka xkogq;&lt;br /&gt;
:Èxya Veçraʹʹùkov Xakk jakke arsicqi, vròç Jakk veçraʹʹùjàkv jakke arsicsoùjqi.&lt;br /&gt;
:Èxya Vevrazikov Xakk acài, oyàh razijaakov dzoe.&lt;br /&gt;
:Esza zìk Kiçe qaʹihorvehq, zahvesè èxya kusq&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;ukhq xek xekvecev.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Alternative Writing System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[&#039;Ingglish|Íngglish]]==&lt;br /&gt;
By [[User:Personak|personak]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*King Dgeimzs Vurczén (King James Version)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aur fáadhur,&lt;br /&gt;
:Which aart in héeven,&lt;br /&gt;
:Háaloud bii dhai neim.&lt;br /&gt;
:Dhai kíngdem kuom,&lt;br /&gt;
:Dhai wil bii duon on Urth,&lt;br /&gt;
:Azs it izs in héeven.&lt;br /&gt;
:Giv uos dhis dei aur déiliy breed.&lt;br /&gt;
:And fourgív uos aur deets,&lt;br /&gt;
:As wii fourgív aur déeterzs.&lt;br /&gt;
:And liid uos not íntuu teemptéicsen,&lt;br /&gt;
:Buot delíver uos fruom íivel:&lt;br /&gt;
:Four dhain izs dhe kíngdem, and dhe páuwer, and dhe glóuriy, fouréver.&lt;br /&gt;
:Éimeen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mënk==&lt;br /&gt;
By [[User:Sam_s89|Sam_s89]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*An alternative writing system for a Mancunian conlang, still in the early stages of development.&lt;br /&gt;
:Ë të-afse,&lt;br /&gt;
:Wah bÿ n Elÿsÿum,&lt;br /&gt;
:Fntastk bÿ je næm.&lt;br /&gt;
:Je tym kum&lt;br /&gt;
:Je wanh bÿ tun&lt;br /&gt;
:N ve Näf n Elÿsÿum.&lt;br /&gt;
:Gf wÿ ttæ ë clep&lt;br /&gt;
:N fegyf ë prÿfjus&lt;br /&gt;
:N wÿ ulfegyf veh wah prÿfjus wÿ&lt;br /&gt;
:N tunt sent wÿ nefe temcun&lt;br /&gt;
:But tlyfe wÿ frm ÿfyl&lt;br /&gt;
:[Fe Elÿsÿum, ve pë n glary bÿ ja, në n frefe]&lt;br /&gt;
:Ëmn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Tower Orthography|Tawyr Oorthaagryfii]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Erlii Maadyrn Ingglic (1662 BCP)&lt;br /&gt;
:Aur Fadhyr, witc art in Hevyn, &lt;br /&gt;
:Halood bii dhai Neem. &lt;br /&gt;
:Dhai Kingdym cym. &lt;br /&gt;
:Dhai wil bii dyn, &lt;br /&gt;
:in erth az it iz in Hevyn. &lt;br /&gt;
:Giv ys dhis dee aur deelii bred. &lt;br /&gt;
:And foorgiv ys aur trespasiz, &lt;br /&gt;
:Az wii foorgiv dhem dhat trespas ygenst ys. &lt;br /&gt;
:And liid ys naat intuu tempteetcyn; &lt;br /&gt;
:Byt dylivyr ys frym iivil. &lt;br /&gt;
:[Foor dhain iz dhy kingdym, dhy pawyr, and dhy gloorii, &lt;br /&gt;
:Foor ever and ever.] Amen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Texts]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137139</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137139"/>
		<updated>2020-12-01T18:40:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hello, I&#039;m Nicholas, creating languages since 1998~1999 from Buenos Aires, Argentina. First inspirations at that time came from learning English, French and some notions of Greek terminology and Latin (very vague). Later on other influences were Tolkien&#039;s Elvish languages, Old English, Old Norse among others. I&#039;m more into a priori naturalistic languages, but I&#039;ve dabbled in a posteriori too, often trying to create divergent and hard to categorize romlangs et alia, and of course, some experiments too!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A priori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Českoen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Alanûz]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Omonkwi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kamatarna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shellud]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A posteriori conlang|A posteriori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Finnail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brest]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Germanic-Mapuzugun]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teodiskō]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bamzooki]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aklo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Djinn language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Teutla]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subpages==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:Prefixindex/User:Esploranto/}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137138</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137138"/>
		<updated>2020-12-01T18:35:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* Subpages */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A priori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Českoen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Alanûz]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Omonkwi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kamatarna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shellud]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A posteriori conlang|A posteriori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Finnail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brest]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Germanic-Mapuzugun]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teodiskō]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bamzooki]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aklo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Djinn language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Teutla]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subpages==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:Prefixindex/User:Esploranto/}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137137</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137137"/>
		<updated>2020-12-01T18:34:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A priori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Českoen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Alanûz]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Omonkwi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kamatarna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shellud]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A posteriori conlang|A posteriori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Finnail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brest]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Germanic-Mapuzugun]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teodiskō]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bamzooki]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aklo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Djinn language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Teutla]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subpages==&lt;br /&gt;
{{List subpages}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137136</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137136"/>
		<updated>2020-12-01T18:33:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* A posteriori conlangs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A priori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Českoen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Alanûz]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Omonkwi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kamatarna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shellud]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A posteriori conlang|A posteriori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Finnail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brest]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Germanic-Mapuzugun]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teodiskō]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bamzooki]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aklo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Djinn language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Teutla]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137135</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137135"/>
		<updated>2020-12-01T18:32:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* A posteriori conlangs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A priori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Českoen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Alanûz]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Omonkwi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kamatarna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shellud]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A posteriori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Finnail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brest]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Germanic-Mapuzugun]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teodiskō]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bamzooki]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aklo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Djinn language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Teutla]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137134</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=137134"/>
		<updated>2020-12-01T18:32:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* A priori conlangs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[A priori conlangs]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Českoen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Alanûz]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Omonkwi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kamatarna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shellud]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A posteriori conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Finnail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brest]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Germanic-Mapuzugun]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teodiskō]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bamzooki]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aklo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Djinn language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Teutla]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Wakensi&amp;diff=137111</id>
		<title>Wakensi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Wakensi&amp;diff=137111"/>
		<updated>2020-11-30T13:21:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* Possession */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Cramarian languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:A priori]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Wakensi&#039;&#039;&#039; is a language belonging to the &#039;&#039;Cramarian&#039;&#039; family of languages. It has some oddities and peculiarities that set it apart from even more closely related Cramarian languages. One such is the use of an introductory particle at the beginning of sentences which marks whether it is a question or a statement. Also it relies in heavy prefixing rather than suffixing. Apart from this, the Cramarian morphology is pretty transparent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
Wakensi phonology is pretty straughtforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Consonants ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;bluetable lightbluebg&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 660px; text-align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Bilabial&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Alveolar&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Palatal&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Velar&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Nasal&lt;br /&gt;
| m&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; | n~ŋ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Stop&lt;br /&gt;
| p b&lt;br /&gt;
| t d&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| k g&lt;br /&gt;
| ’ [ʔ]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Pre-nasal&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;p &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;b&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;t &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;d&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;k &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;g&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Fricative&lt;br /&gt;
| f v~w&lt;br /&gt;
| s&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| h&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Approximant&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| j&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Liquid&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| l r&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vowels ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;bluetable lightbluebg&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! !! Front !! Central !! Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Close&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || || {{IPA|u}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Mid&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|e}} || || {{IPA|o}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Open&lt;br /&gt;
| || {{IPA|a}} ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphosyntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns are indeclinable and are only inflected for number and construct state. The language has only two grammatical numbers: singular and plural, and expresses possession through the use of the construct state.&lt;br /&gt;
Plurals are handled in a pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Noun !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Pattern&#039;&#039;&#039; || CVC || C&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;i-C&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;VC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e.g.: &amp;quot;god&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; || tomb || titomb&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e.g.: &amp;quot;cat&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; || nau || ninau&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However note that the plural of &#039;&#039;tman&#039;&#039;, &amp;quot;man&amp;quot;, is &#039;&#039;titmin&#039;&#039;, &amp;quot;men&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Possession====&lt;br /&gt;
Wakensi uses the construct for possessive constructions, which is suffixed to the possessed noun. The construct is &amp;lt;-‘i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;nau&#039;&#039;&#039;’i&#039;&#039;&#039; tman&#039;&#039; “the man&#039;s cat”&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;hun&#039;&#039;&#039;’i&#039;&#039;&#039; tan&#039;&#039; “the sister&#039;s dog”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two possession in Wakensi, alienable and inalienable, which are only marked when using a personal pronoun. The construct form makes the alienable possessive, the inalienable possessive is formed prefixing the pronoun to the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039;tomb&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;your&#039;&#039;&#039; god”&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;tan&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039;&#039; sister”&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;mbe&#039;&#039;&#039;gaba&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;our&#039;&#039;&#039; father”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inalienable possessive means that the object possessed constitutes a part of the person possessing it. While the alienable shows that the object only has some kind of possessive realtionship to the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;so&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039;&#039; flesh” (the flesh that constitutes me)&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;so&#039;&#039;&#039;’i&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;woh&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039;&#039; flesh” (as in the flesh in my plate)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pronouns===&lt;br /&gt;
The prefixed pronouns are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!  !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;First&#039;&#039;&#039; || wo-, woh- || mbe-, mb-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Second&#039;&#039;&#039; || ka-, k- || kika-, kik-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Third&#039;&#039;&#039; || m. wi- f. wa-, w- || m. wiwi- f. wiwa-, wiw-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The third person neutral takes the femenine “wa-“ pronoun, also it is the default for a group of different genders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the independent pronouns:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!  !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;First&#039;&#039;&#039; || woh || mbee&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Second&#039;&#039;&#039; || ka || kika&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Third&#039;&#039;&#039; || m. wi, f. wa || m. wisi, f. wasi&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Wakensi&amp;diff=136939</id>
		<title>Wakensi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Wakensi&amp;diff=136939"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T19:46:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* Vowels */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Cramarian languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:A priori]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Wakensi&#039;&#039;&#039; is a language belonging to the &#039;&#039;Cramarian&#039;&#039; family of languages. It has some oddities and peculiarities that set it apart from even more closely related Cramarian languages. One such is the use of an introductory particle at the beginning of sentences which marks whether it is a question or a statement. Also it relies in heavy prefixing rather than suffixing. Apart from this, the Cramarian morphology is pretty transparent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
Wakensi phonology is pretty straughtforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Consonants ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;bluetable lightbluebg&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 660px; text-align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Bilabial&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Alveolar&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Palatal&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Velar&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Nasal&lt;br /&gt;
| m&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; | n~ŋ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Stop&lt;br /&gt;
| p b&lt;br /&gt;
| t d&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| k g&lt;br /&gt;
| ’ [ʔ]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Pre-nasal&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;p &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;b&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;t &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;d&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;k &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;g&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Fricative&lt;br /&gt;
| f v~w&lt;br /&gt;
| s&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| h&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Approximant&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| j&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Liquid&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| l r&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vowels ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;bluetable lightbluebg&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! !! Front !! Central !! Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Close&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || || {{IPA|u}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Mid&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|e}} || || {{IPA|o}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Open&lt;br /&gt;
| || {{IPA|a}} ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphosyntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns are indeclinable and are only inflected for number and construct state. The language has only two grammatical numbers: singular and plural, and expresses possession through the use of the construct state.&lt;br /&gt;
Plurals are handled in a pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Noun !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Pattern&#039;&#039;&#039; || CVC || C&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;i-C&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;VC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e.g.: &amp;quot;god&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; || tomb || titomb&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e.g.: &amp;quot;cat&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; || nau || ninau&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However note that the plural of &#039;&#039;tman&#039;&#039;, &amp;quot;man&amp;quot;, is &#039;&#039;titmin&#039;&#039;, &amp;quot;men&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Possession====&lt;br /&gt;
Wakensi uses the construct for possessive constructions, which is suffixed to the possessed noun. The construct is &amp;lt;-‘i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;sisei&#039;&#039;&#039;’i&#039;&#039;&#039; nau&#039;&#039; “the fingers of the cat”&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;wau&#039;&#039;&#039;’i&#039;&#039;&#039; hun&#039;&#039; “eye of the dog”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two possession in Wakensi, alienable and inalienable, which are only marked when using a personal pronoun. The construct form makes the alienable possessive, the inalienable possessive is formed prefixing the pronoun to the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039;tomb&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;your&#039;&#039;&#039; god”&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;tan&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039;&#039; sister”&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;mbe&#039;&#039;&#039;gaba&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;our&#039;&#039;&#039; father”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inalienable possessive means that the object possessed constitutes a part of the person possessing it. While the alienable shows that the object only has some kind of possessive realtionship to the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;so&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039;&#039; flesh” (the flesh that constitutes me)&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;so&#039;&#039;&#039;’i&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;woh&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039;&#039; flesh” (as in the flesh in my plate)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pronouns===&lt;br /&gt;
The prefixed pronouns are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!  !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;First&#039;&#039;&#039; || wo-, woh- || mbe-, mb-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Second&#039;&#039;&#039; || ka-, k- || kika-, kik-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Third&#039;&#039;&#039; || m. wi- f. wa-, w- || m. wiwi- f. wiwa-, wiw-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The third person neutral takes the femenine “wa-“ pronoun, also it is the default for a group of different genders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the independent pronouns:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!  !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;First&#039;&#039;&#039; || woh || mbee&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Second&#039;&#039;&#039; || ka || kika&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Third&#039;&#039;&#039; || m. wi, f. wa || m. wisi, f. wasi&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Ad%C3%BBnaic&amp;diff=136938</id>
		<title>Adûnaic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Ad%C3%BBnaic&amp;diff=136938"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T19:33:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{short description|Fictional language in the fantasy works of J. R. R. Tolkien}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Adûnaic&lt;br /&gt;
|creator=[[J.R.R. Tolkien]]&lt;br /&gt;
|setting=[[Fantasy]] world of [[Middle-earth]]&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1=[[constructed language]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2=[[artistic language]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3=[[fictional language]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4=[[languages of Arda]]&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5=[[Taliska]]n&lt;br /&gt;
|posteriori=[[a priori language]], but related to other [[languages of Arda]]&lt;br /&gt;
|iso3=none&lt;br /&gt;
|glotto=none&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adûnaic&#039;&#039;&#039; (or &#039;&#039;&#039;Adunaic&#039;&#039;&#039;) (&amp;quot;language of the West&amp;quot;) is one of conlangs devised by [[J. R. R. Tolkien]] for his fantasy works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the languages of Arda in Tolkien&#039;s [[Middle-earth]] [[Tolkien&#039;s legendarium|legendarium]], Adûnaic was spoken by the Men of [[Númenor]] during the Second Age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fictional history==&lt;br /&gt;
Adûnaic derived from the closely related Bëorian and Hadorian dialects of [[Taliska]], the language spoken by the first and third houses of the [[Edain]] when they first entered [[Beleriand]] during the [[First Age]] (the language(s) of the second house, the Haladin, seems to have had little or no influence on Adûnaic, despite the apparent presence of both the Haladin and the [[Drúedain]] in Númenor prior to its downfall). This language seems to have primarily been a [[Creole language|creole]] of the [[Dwarf (Middle-earth)|Dwarvish]] [[Khuzdul]] and some [[Avarin]] dialects, and it is almost wholly unclear which parts (if any) of its vocabulary and structure were purely &amp;quot;Mannish&amp;quot; in origin, though the answer is probably very little. It is stated that [[Finrod Felagund]] was able to quickly master Taliska purely by determining the various changes undergone by its Avarin component from [[Primitive Quendian]], and [[Faramir]] stated that all languages of Men are of Elvish descent, suggesting that Taliska and Adûnaic are in fact Quendian/Avarin with some Khuzdul influence (notwithstanding the possibility that Faramir was misinformed, much as how many people mistakenly think English is a [[Romance language]]). Once the Edain settled in Beleriand, they eagerly learned [[Sindarin]] from its [[Sindar|Grey Elven]] inhabitants, but retained their own tongue, probably whilst borrowing and adapting many Sindarin words to it. By the end of the First Age, Taliska had developed into a language that served as the basis for Adûnaic, the vernacular tongue of the Númenóreans, as well as the languages of the [[Rohan (Middle-earth)#People|Rohirrim]] and the Men of [[Dale (Middle-earth)|Dale]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Númenor, Adûnaic was the language used in day-to-day affairs by the majority of the population (though Sindarin was probably spoken by many). Its corpus, already a varied mixture of Khuzdul, Avarin, and Sindarin, was probably now exposed more heavily to the influence of [[Quenya]] (which served a role much the same as [[Latin]] in Medieval Europe) and possibly even [[Valarin]], both due to regular contact with [[Aman (Middle-earth)|Aman]]. When the Númenóreans began to establish trading ports (later colonies) on the western shores of Middle-earth, Adûnaic mingled with the languages of various groups of Edain who had not travelled to Númenor, and the resulting trade language quickly spread throughout [[Eriador]] and its neighbours, laying the foundation for the later Common Speech.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the [[Akallabêth]], the surviving [[Elendili]] who established the kingdoms of Arnor and [[Gondor]] shunned Adûnaic in favour of Sindarin due to the associations of the former with the tyrannical Ar-Pharazôn and his followers the [[King&#039;s Men (Númenor)|King&#039;s Men]]. Neglected by the Faithful, Adûnaic (in various forms and dialects) remained the language of the common people throughout most of the west of Middle-earth, and by the time of the [[War of the Ring]] at the end of the [[Third Age]], it had developed into the various dialects of [[Westron]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although &amp;quot;classical&amp;quot; Adûnaic was not spoken after the Akallabêth, surviving groups of the King&#039;s Men (referred to as [[Black Númenóreans]]) who served and worshipped [[Sauron]] (notably in [[Umbar]]) continued to speak a debased form of the language (called Black Adûnaic) as recently as the War of the Ring at the end of the Third Age.{{Citation needed|date=October 2016}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very few words of Adûnaic are known, though those that are borrow heavily from various Elven languages. Adûnaic also seems to conform to a variant of the consonantal root system used in [[Khuzdul]] (as does its successor language, Westron). It is also one of perhaps only two or three of Tolkien&#039;s languages known to possess [[noun classes]], which roughly correspond to four grammatical genders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concept and creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Although Tolkien created very few original words in Adûnaic, mostly names, the language serves his concept of a [[lingua franca]] for [[Middle-earth]], a shared language for many different people. This lingua franca is [[Westron]], which developed out of Adûnaic, &amp;quot;the language of the culturally and politically influential Númenóreans.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{ME-ref|Solopova|p. 70, 84}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tolkien devised Adûnaic (or Númenórean), the language spoken in [[Númenor]], shortly after World War II, and thus at about the time he completed &#039;&#039;[[The Lord of the Rings]]&#039;&#039;, but before he wrote the linguistic &lt;br /&gt;
background information of the Appendices.&lt;br /&gt;
Adûnaic is intended as the language from which [[Westron]] (also called &#039;&#039;Adûni&#039;&#039;) is derived.&lt;br /&gt;
This added a depth of historical development to the Mannish languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Adûnaic was intended to have a &amp;quot;faintly Semitic flavour&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sauron_defeated&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Tolkien |first=Christopher |title=Sauron Defeated |date=1992 |isbn=0-395-60649-7 |url-access=registration |url=https://archive.org/details/saurondefeateden00tolk }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{rp|241}}&lt;br /&gt;
Its development began with   &#039;&#039;[[The Notion Club Papers]]&#039;&#039; (written in 1945). It is there that the most extensive sample of the language is found, revealed to one of the (modern-day) protagonists, Lowdham, of that story in a visionary dream of [[Atlantis]]. Its grammar is sketched in the unfinished &amp;quot;Lowdham&#039;s Report on the Adunaic Language&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Tolkien remained undecided whether the language of the Men of Númenor should be derived from the original Mannish language (as in Adûnaic), or if it should be derived from  &amp;quot;the Elvish Noldorin&amp;quot; (i.e. [[Quenya]]) instead.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;[[The Peoples of Middle-earth]]&#039;&#039;, p. 63.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;[[The Lost Road and Other Writings]]&#039;&#039;  it is implied that &lt;br /&gt;
the Númenóreans spoke Quenya, and that [[Sauron]], hating all things Elvish, taught the Númenóreans the old Mannish tongue they themselves had forgotten.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The Lost Road and Other Writings&#039;&#039; (1996), p. 68 and note p. 75.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
:{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Labial consonant|Labial]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Dental consonant|Dental]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Alveolar consonant|Alveolar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Postalveolar consonant|Postalveolar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Palatal consonant|Palatal]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Velar consonant|Velar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Glottal consonant|Glottal]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[stop consonant|Occlusive]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|p}} {{IPA|b}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|t}} {{IPA|d}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|k}} {{IPA|ɡ}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ʔ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Fricative]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|f}} {{IPA|v}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|θ}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|s}} {{IPA|z}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ʃ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|x}} {{IPA|ɣ}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|h}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Affricate]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|p͡f}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|t͡θ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|t͡ʃ}} {{IPA|d͡ʒ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|k͡x}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Nasal stop|Nasal]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|m}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|n}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ŋ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Trill consonant|Trill]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|r}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Approximant consonant|Approximant]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|l}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|j}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|w}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
![[Front vowel|Front]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[Back vowel|Back]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Close vowel|Close]]&lt;br /&gt;
||{{IPA|i}} {{IPA|iː}}||{{IPA|u}} {{IPA|uː}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Close-mid vowel|Close-mid]]&lt;br /&gt;
||{{IPA|eː}}&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;||{{IPA|oː}}&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Open vowel|Open]]&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=2|{{IPA|a}} {{IPA|aː}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Adûnaic is fundamentally a three-vowel language, with a length distinction; the long {{IPA|eː}} and {{IPA|oː}} are derived from diphthongs {{IPA|aj}} and {{IPA|aw}}, as is the case in [[Hebrew language|Hebrew]] and in most [[Varieties of Arabic|Arabic dialects]], in line with the Semitic flavour that Tolkien intended for both Adûnaic and Khuzdul, which influenced it.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grammar ==&lt;br /&gt;
Most information about Adûnaic grammar comes from an incomplete typescript &#039;&#039;Lowdham&#039;s Report on the Adûnaic Language&#039;&#039;, written by Tolkien to accompany &#039;&#039;The Notion Club Papers&#039;&#039;. The report discusses phonology and morphological processes in some detail, and starts to discuss nouns, but breaks off before saying much about verbs, other parts of speech or the grammar as a whole. It appears that Tolkien abandoned work on the language after writing this portion of the Report, and never returned to it.&amp;lt;ref name=sauron_defeated/&amp;gt;{{rp|439}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouns ===&lt;br /&gt;
Most nouns are triconsonantal, but there are a number of biconsontantal nouns as well. Nouns can be divided into three declensions, called Strong I, Strong II and Weak. The two strong declensions form their various cases by modifying the last vowel, similarly to English &#039;&#039;man/men&#039;&#039;. The weak declension forms its cases by appending a suffix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three numbers, singular, plural and dual. Dual is used mainly for &amp;quot;natural pairs&amp;quot;, like eyes and shoes. There are three cases, Normal, Subjective and Objective. The Subjective case is used as the subject of a verb. The Objective case is used only in compound expressions and appears only in the singular. The Normal case is used in all other circumstances, such as the object of a verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example declensions:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strong I&lt;br /&gt;
! Strong II&lt;br /&gt;
! Weak&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Meaning&lt;br /&gt;
| house&lt;br /&gt;
| sea&lt;br /&gt;
| strength&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Singular Normal&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadan&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azra&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abār&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Singular Subjective&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadān&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azrā&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abārā&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Singular Objective&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azru&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abāru&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dual Normal&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadnat&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azrāt, azrat&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abārat&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dual Subjective&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadnāt&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azrāt&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abārāt&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Plural Normal&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadīn&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azrī&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abārī&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Plural Subjective&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadīna&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azrīya&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abārīya&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sample Text==&lt;br /&gt;
This Adûnaic text, part of the tale of the Fall of Numenor, appears in &#039;&#039;The Notion Club Papers&#039;&#039;. It is fragmentary because it appeared in a dream to the character Lowdham, and is only partially translated by him because he did not know the language. Words in bold are not translated at the point in the text where the translation is first given, but their translation is given later in the story.&amp;lt;ref name=sauron_defeated/&amp;gt;{{rp|247–250}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;Kadō   zigūrun zabathān unakkha ... ēruhīnim&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 and so &#039;&#039;&#039;Sauron&#039;&#039;&#039;  humbled  he-came ... &#039;&#039;&#039;Children of God&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;dubdam ugru-dalad    ... ar-pharazōnun azaggara&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 fell   shadow-under  ... &#039;&#039;&#039;Ar-Pharazon&#039;&#039;&#039;   was warring&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;avalōiyada     ... bārim an-adūn yurahtam dāira&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 against Powers ... Lords of-West  broke   Earth&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;sāibēth-mā   ēruvō    ... azrīya du-phursā    akhāsada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 assent-with  &#039;&#039;&#039;God&#039;&#039;&#039;-from ... seas  so-as-to-gush into chasm&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;... anadūnē zīrān    hikallaba    ... bawība dulgī&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 ... Numenor beloved she-fell down ... winds  black&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;... balīk hazad an-nimruzīr azūlada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 ... ships seven of-&#039;&#039;&#039;Elendil&#039;&#039;&#039;  eastward&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;Agannālō     burōda nēnud ... zāira   nēnud&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 Death-shadow heavy  on-us ... longing on-us&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;... adūn izindi   batān tāidō ayadda: īdō kātha batīna lōkhī&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 ... west straight road  once  went    now all   roads  crooked&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;Ēphalak   īdōn    Yōzāyan&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 far away now (is) Land-of-Gift&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;Ēphal ēphalak   īdōn    hi-Akallabēth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 far   far away now (is) She-that-hath-fallen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20090706090619/http://lalaith.vpsurf.de/Tolkien/Grammar.html Andreas Moehn – Lalaith&#039;s Guide to Adûnaic Grammar]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.phy.duke.edu/~trenk/elvish/#course_adunaic Thorsten Renk&#039;s Ni-bitha Adûnâyê]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.ilfossodihelm.it/id_nav8.asp?id_nav=8&amp;amp;id_sottonav=130#sottonav Adûnaic from Almavarno in Italian]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://folk.uib.no/hnohf/adunaic.htm Adûnaic] at Ardalambion&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://web.archive.org/web/20071013054145/http://www.langmaker.com/db/Ad%C3%BBnaic The page at LangMaker]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://web.archive.org/web/20100407021502/http://folk.uib.no/hnohf/adunaic.htm A page which details the language&#039;s vocabulary and grammar] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Middle-earth]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tolkien}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Ad%C3%BBnaic&amp;diff=136937</id>
		<title>Adûnaic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Ad%C3%BBnaic&amp;diff=136937"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T19:31:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: updating (in progress)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{short description|Fictional language in the fantasy works of J. R. R. Tolkien}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Adûnaic&lt;br /&gt;
|creator=[[J.R.R. Tolkien]]&lt;br /&gt;
|setting=[[Fantasy]] world of [[Middle-earth]]&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1=[[constructed language]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2=[[artistic language]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3=[[fictional language]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4=[[languages of Arda]]&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5=[[Taliska]]n&lt;br /&gt;
|posteriori=[[a priori language]], but related to other [[languages of Arda]]&lt;br /&gt;
|iso3=none&lt;br /&gt;
|glotto=none&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adûnaic&#039;&#039;&#039; (or &#039;&#039;&#039;Adunaic&#039;&#039;&#039;) (&amp;quot;language of the West&amp;quot;) is one of [[Languages constructed by J. R. R. Tolkien|the fictional languages]] devised by [[J. R. R. Tolkien]] for his fantasy works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the [[languages of Arda]] in Tolkien&#039;s [[Middle-earth]] [[Tolkien&#039;s legendarium|legendarium]], Adûnaic was spoken by the [[Man (Middle-earth)|Men]] of [[Númenor]] during the [[Second Age]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fictional history==&lt;br /&gt;
Adûnaic derived from the closely related Bëorian and Hadorian dialects of [[Taliska]], the language spoken by the first and third houses of the [[Edain]] when they first entered [[Beleriand]] during the [[First Age]] (the language(s) of the second house, the Haladin, seems to have had little or no influence on Adûnaic, despite the apparent presence of both the Haladin and the [[Drúedain]] in Númenor prior to its downfall). This language seems to have primarily been a [[Creole language|creole]] of the [[Dwarf (Middle-earth)|Dwarvish]] [[Khuzdul]] and some [[Avarin]] dialects, and it is almost wholly unclear which parts (if any) of its vocabulary and structure were purely &amp;quot;Mannish&amp;quot; in origin, though the answer is probably very little. It is stated that [[Finrod Felagund]] was able to quickly master Taliska purely by determining the various changes undergone by its Avarin component from [[Primitive Quendian]], and [[Faramir]] stated that all languages of Men are of Elvish descent, suggesting that Taliska and Adûnaic are in fact Quendian/Avarin with some Khuzdul influence (notwithstanding the possibility that Faramir was misinformed, much as how many people mistakenly think English is a [[Romance language]]). Once the Edain settled in Beleriand, they eagerly learned [[Sindarin]] from its [[Sindar|Grey Elven]] inhabitants, but retained their own tongue, probably whilst borrowing and adapting many Sindarin words to it. By the end of the First Age, Taliska had developed into a language that served as the basis for Adûnaic, the vernacular tongue of the Númenóreans, as well as the languages of the [[Rohan (Middle-earth)#People|Rohirrim]] and the Men of [[Dale (Middle-earth)|Dale]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Númenor, Adûnaic was the language used in day-to-day affairs by the majority of the population (though Sindarin was probably spoken by many). Its corpus, already a varied mixture of Khuzdul, Avarin, and Sindarin, was probably now exposed more heavily to the influence of [[Quenya]] (which served a role much the same as [[Latin]] in Medieval Europe) and possibly even [[Valarin]], both due to regular contact with [[Aman (Middle-earth)|Aman]]. When the Númenóreans began to establish trading ports (later colonies) on the western shores of Middle-earth, Adûnaic mingled with the languages of various groups of Edain who had not travelled to Númenor, and the resulting trade language quickly spread throughout [[Eriador]] and its neighbours, laying the foundation for the later Common Speech.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the [[Akallabêth]], the surviving [[Elendili]] who established the kingdoms of Arnor and [[Gondor]] shunned Adûnaic in favour of Sindarin due to the associations of the former with the tyrannical Ar-Pharazôn and his followers the [[King&#039;s Men (Númenor)|King&#039;s Men]]. Neglected by the Faithful, Adûnaic (in various forms and dialects) remained the language of the common people throughout most of the west of Middle-earth, and by the time of the [[War of the Ring]] at the end of the [[Third Age]], it had developed into the various dialects of [[Westron]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although &amp;quot;classical&amp;quot; Adûnaic was not spoken after the Akallabêth, surviving groups of the King&#039;s Men (referred to as [[Black Númenóreans]]) who served and worshipped [[Sauron]] (notably in [[Umbar]]) continued to speak a debased form of the language (called Black Adûnaic) as recently as the War of the Ring at the end of the Third Age.{{Citation needed|date=October 2016}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very few words of Adûnaic are known, though those that are borrow heavily from various Elven languages. Adûnaic also seems to conform to a variant of the consonantal root system used in [[Khuzdul]] (as does its successor language, Westron). It is also one of perhaps only two or three of Tolkien&#039;s languages known to possess [[noun classes]], which roughly correspond to four grammatical genders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concept and creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Although Tolkien created very few original words in Adûnaic, mostly names, the language serves his concept of a [[lingua franca]] for [[Middle-earth]], a shared language for many different people. This lingua franca is [[Westron]], which developed out of Adûnaic, &amp;quot;the language of the culturally and politically influential Númenóreans.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{ME-ref|Solopova|p. 70, 84}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tolkien devised Adûnaic (or Númenórean), the language spoken in [[Númenor]], shortly after World War II, and thus at about the time he completed &#039;&#039;[[The Lord of the Rings]]&#039;&#039;, but before he wrote the linguistic &lt;br /&gt;
background information of the Appendices.&lt;br /&gt;
Adûnaic is intended as the language from which [[Westron]] (also called &#039;&#039;Adûni&#039;&#039;) is derived.&lt;br /&gt;
This added a depth of historical development to the Mannish languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Adûnaic was intended to have a &amp;quot;faintly Semitic flavour&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sauron_defeated&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Tolkien |first=Christopher |title=Sauron Defeated |date=1992 |isbn=0-395-60649-7 |url-access=registration |url=https://archive.org/details/saurondefeateden00tolk }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{rp|241}}&lt;br /&gt;
Its development began with   &#039;&#039;[[The Notion Club Papers]]&#039;&#039; (written in 1945). It is there that the most extensive sample of the language is found, revealed to one of the (modern-day) protagonists, Lowdham, of that story in a visionary dream of [[Atlantis]]. Its grammar is sketched in the unfinished &amp;quot;Lowdham&#039;s Report on the Adunaic Language&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Tolkien remained undecided whether the language of the Men of Númenor should be derived from the original Mannish language (as in Adûnaic), or if it should be derived from  &amp;quot;the Elvish Noldorin&amp;quot; (i.e. [[Quenya]]) instead.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;[[The Peoples of Middle-earth]]&#039;&#039;, p. 63.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;[[The Lost Road and Other Writings]]&#039;&#039;  it is implied that &lt;br /&gt;
the Númenóreans spoke Quenya, and that [[Sauron]], hating all things Elvish, taught the Númenóreans the old Mannish tongue they themselves had forgotten.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The Lost Road and Other Writings&#039;&#039; (1996), p. 68 and note p. 75.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
:{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Labial consonant|Labial]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Dental consonant|Dental]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Alveolar consonant|Alveolar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Postalveolar consonant|Postalveolar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Palatal consonant|Palatal]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Velar consonant|Velar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Glottal consonant|Glottal]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[stop consonant|Occlusive]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|p}} {{IPA|b}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|t}} {{IPA|d}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|k}} {{IPA|ɡ}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ʔ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Fricative]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|f}} {{IPA|v}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|θ}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|s}} {{IPA|z}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ʃ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|x}} {{IPA|ɣ}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|h}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Affricate]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|p͡f}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|t͡θ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|t͡ʃ}} {{IPA|d͡ʒ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|k͡x}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Nasal stop|Nasal]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|m}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|n}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ŋ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Trill consonant|Trill]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|r}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Approximant consonant|Approximant]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|l}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|j}}&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|w}}&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
![[Front vowel|Front]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[Back vowel|Back]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Close vowel|Close]]&lt;br /&gt;
||{{IPA|i}} {{IPA|iː}}||{{IPA|u}} {{IPA|uː}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Close-mid vowel|Close-mid]]&lt;br /&gt;
||{{IPA|eː}}&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;||{{IPA|oː}}&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Open vowel|Open]]&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=2|{{IPA|a}} {{IPA|aː}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Adûnaic is fundamentally a three-vowel language, with a length distinction; the long {{IPA|eː}} and {{IPA|oː}} are derived from diphthongs {{IPA|aj}} and {{IPA|aw}}, as is the case in [[Hebrew language|Hebrew]] and in most [[Varieties of Arabic|Arabic dialects]], in line with the Semitic flavour that Tolkien intended for both Adûnaic and Khuzdul, which influenced it.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grammar ==&lt;br /&gt;
Most information about Adûnaic grammar comes from an incomplete typescript &#039;&#039;Lowdham&#039;s Report on the Adûnaic Language&#039;&#039;, written by Tolkien to accompany &#039;&#039;The Notion Club Papers&#039;&#039;. The report discusses phonology and morphological processes in some detail, and starts to discuss nouns, but breaks off before saying much about verbs, other parts of speech or the grammar as a whole. It appears that Tolkien abandoned work on the language after writing this portion of the Report, and never returned to it.&amp;lt;ref name=sauron_defeated/&amp;gt;{{rp|439}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouns ===&lt;br /&gt;
Most nouns are triconsonantal, but there are a number of biconsontantal nouns as well. Nouns can be divided into three declensions, called Strong I, Strong II and Weak. The two strong declensions form their various cases by modifying the last vowel, similarly to English &#039;&#039;man/men&#039;&#039;. The weak declension forms its cases by appending a suffix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three numbers, singular, plural and dual. Dual is used mainly for &amp;quot;natural pairs&amp;quot;, like eyes and shoes. There are three cases, Normal, Subjective and Objective. The Subjective case is used as the subject of a verb. The Objective case is used only in compound expressions and appears only in the singular. The Normal case is used in all other circumstances, such as the object of a verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example declensions:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
! Strong I&lt;br /&gt;
! Strong II&lt;br /&gt;
! Weak&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Meaning&lt;br /&gt;
| house&lt;br /&gt;
| sea&lt;br /&gt;
| strength&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Singular Normal&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadan&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azra&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abār&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Singular Subjective&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadān&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azrā&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abārā&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Singular Objective&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadun&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azru&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abāru&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dual Normal&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadnat&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azrāt, azrat&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abārat&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dual Subjective&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadnāt&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azrāt&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abārāt&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Plural Normal&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadīn&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azrī&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abārī&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Plural Subjective&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;zadīna&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;azrīya&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;abārīya&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sample Text==&lt;br /&gt;
This Adûnaic text, part of the tale of the Fall of Numenor, appears in &#039;&#039;The Notion Club Papers&#039;&#039;. It is fragmentary because it appeared in a dream to the character Lowdham, and is only partially translated by him because he did not know the language. Words in bold are not translated at the point in the text where the translation is first given, but their translation is given later in the story.&amp;lt;ref name=sauron_defeated/&amp;gt;{{rp|247–250}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;Kadō   zigūrun zabathān unakkha ... ēruhīnim&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 and so &#039;&#039;&#039;Sauron&#039;&#039;&#039;  humbled  he-came ... &#039;&#039;&#039;Children of God&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;dubdam ugru-dalad    ... ar-pharazōnun azaggara&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 fell   shadow-under  ... &#039;&#039;&#039;Ar-Pharazon&#039;&#039;&#039;   was warring&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;avalōiyada     ... bārim an-adūn yurahtam dāira&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 against Powers ... Lords of-West  broke   Earth&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;sāibēth-mā   ēruvō    ... azrīya du-phursā    akhāsada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 assent-with  &#039;&#039;&#039;God&#039;&#039;&#039;-from ... seas  so-as-to-gush into chasm&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;... anadūnē zīrān    hikallaba    ... bawība dulgī&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 ... Numenor beloved she-fell down ... winds  black&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;... balīk hazad an-nimruzīr azūlada&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 ... ships seven of-&#039;&#039;&#039;Elendil&#039;&#039;&#039;  eastward&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;Agannālō     burōda nēnud ... zāira   nēnud&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 Death-shadow heavy  on-us ... longing on-us&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;... adūn izindi   batān tāidō ayadda: īdō kātha batīna lōkhī&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 ... west straight road  once  went    now all   roads  crooked&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;Ēphalak   īdōn    Yōzāyan&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 far away now (is) Land-of-Gift&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;Ēphal ēphalak   īdōn    hi-Akallabēth&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 far   far away now (is) She-that-hath-fallen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20090706090619/http://lalaith.vpsurf.de/Tolkien/Grammar.html Andreas Moehn – Lalaith&#039;s Guide to Adûnaic Grammar]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.phy.duke.edu/~trenk/elvish/#course_adunaic Thorsten Renk&#039;s Ni-bitha Adûnâyê]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.ilfossodihelm.it/id_nav8.asp?id_nav=8&amp;amp;id_sottonav=130#sottonav Adûnaic from Almavarno in Italian]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://folk.uib.no/hnohf/adunaic.htm Adûnaic] at Ardalambion&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://web.archive.org/web/20071013054145/http://www.langmaker.com/db/Ad%C3%BBnaic The page at LangMaker]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://web.archive.org/web/20100407021502/http://folk.uib.no/hnohf/adunaic.htm A page which details the language&#039;s vocabulary and grammar] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Middle-earth]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tolkien}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Ithkuil&amp;diff=136936</id>
		<title>Ithkuil</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Ithkuil&amp;diff=136936"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T19:25:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: updating (in progress)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name= Ithkuil&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename= Iţkuîl&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation= {{IPA|ɪθˈkʊ.il}} [http://www.ithkuil.net/Sound_Files/Ch-5-4.mp3]&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= John Quijada&lt;br /&gt;
|created={{nobr|1978–2011}}&lt;br /&gt;
|region= none&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers= presumably none&lt;br /&gt;
|script= original (&#039;&#039;&#039;Içtaîl&#039;&#039;&#039;), with romanized transcription&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor= constructed language&lt;br /&gt;
|iso2=art&lt;br /&gt;
|notice=IPA&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ithkuil&#039;&#039;&#039; is a [[constructed language]] marked by outstanding grammatical complexity, expressed with a rich phonemic inventory or through an original, graphically structured, system of writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language’s author, John Quijada, presents Ithkuil&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sl2120&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ithkuil.net/00_intro.html &#039;&#039;A Philosophical Design for a Hypothetical Language&#039;&#039;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; as a cross between an [[a priori (languages)|a priori]] &#039;&#039;philosophical&#039;&#039; and a &#039;&#039;logical&#039;&#039; language designed to express deeper levels of human cognition overtly and clearly, particularly in regard to human categorization, yet briefly. It also strives to minimize the ambiguities and semantic vagueness found in natural human languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The many examples from the original grammar book&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sl2120&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; show that a message, like a meaningful phrase or a sentence, can usually be expressed in Ithkuil with fewer sounds, or lexically distinct speech-elements, than in natural human languages. J. Quijada deems his creation too complex and strictly regular a language to have developed “naturally”, but nonetheless a language suited for human conversation. No person is hitherto known to be able to speak Ithkuil fluently; Quijada, for one, does not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2004&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kozl&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; — and again in 2009&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;gertelmann&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://conlang.org/ithkuil_gertelman.pdf Ithkuil and its philosophical design] (Russian) by Mikhail Gertelman, Kompyuterra (17(781)2009 p 12)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with its offshoot, [[#Ilaksh|Ilaksh]] — Ithkuil was featured in the Russian-language popular science and IT-technology magazine [[Computerra]]. In 2008 it won the Smiley Award&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://dedalvs.com/smileys/2008.html The 2008 Smiley Award Winner: Ithkuil]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second, &amp;quot;definitive (or &#039;official&#039;)&amp;quot; revision of Ithkuil, also named &#039;&#039;Iţkuîl&#039;&#039;, was released in July 15, 2011; this is a major revision of the previous version. This article primarily deals with the older version of Ithkuil released in 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
The [[lexicon]] of Ithkuil potentially consists of 3,600 [[Root (linguistics)|word roots]]; so far, just 900 are assigned with individual translations. Each root consists of 1-5 [[consonant]]s, and can [[Derivation (linguistics)|derive]] thousands of [[lexeme]]s through the use of Ithkuil’s complex rules of [[morphophonology]], which involve both [[consonant mutation|consonantal]] and vocal mutation, shifts in syllabic stress and tone, and affixation.&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Describe adjuncts first, then add “Thus Ithkuil is primarily [[synthetic language|synthetic]] and secondarily [[agglutinative language|agglutinative]].”--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ithkuil words can be divided into just two [[Part of speech|parts of speech]], &#039;&#039;formatives&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;adjuncts&#039;&#039;. Formatives can function both as nouns and as verbs, depending on the morpho-semantic context.&amp;lt;ref name=Sec2o4&amp;gt;[http://ithkuil.net/02_morpho-phonology.html#Sec2o4 A Philosophical Design for a Hypothetical Language - Section 2.4 - Parts of Speech]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Both nominal and verbal formatives are inflected to one of the possible 3 &#039;&#039;stems&#039;&#039;, 3 &#039;&#039;patterns&#039;&#039;, 2 &#039;&#039;designations&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;formal&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;informal&#039;&#039;), 9 &#039;&#039;configurations&#039;&#039;, 4 &#039;&#039;affiliations&#039;&#039;, 4 &#039;&#039;perspectives&#039;&#039;, 6 &#039;&#039;extensions&#039;&#039;, 4 &#039;&#039;contexts&#039;&#039;, 2 &#039;&#039;essences&#039;&#039;, and 96 [[Grammatical case|&#039;&#039;cases&#039;&#039;]]; formatives also can take on some of the 153 [[affix]]es, which are further qualified into one of 9 &#039;&#039;degrees&#039;&#039;. Verbal formatives are additionally inflected for 7 &#039;&#039;illocutions&#039;&#039; and 7 &#039;&#039;conflations&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Verbal Adjuncts&#039;&#039; work in conjunction with adjacent formatives to provide additional grammatical information.&amp;lt;ref name=Sec2o6o2&amp;gt;[http://ithkuil.net/02_morpho-phonology.html#Sec2o4o2 A Philosophical Design for a Hypothetical Language - Section 2.4.2 - Parts of Speech - Adjuncts]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Verbal adjuncts are inflected to indicate 14 [[Valency (linguistics)|&#039;&#039;valencies&#039;&#039;]], 6 &#039;&#039;versions&#039;&#039;, 8 &#039;&#039;formats&#039;&#039;, 37 &#039;&#039;derivations&#039;&#039;, 30 [[Linguistic modality|&#039;&#039;modalities&#039;&#039;]], 4 [[Comparative|&#039;&#039;levels&#039;&#039;]], 14 [[Evidentiality|&#039;&#039;validations&#039;&#039;]], 9 &#039;&#039;phases&#039;&#039;, 9 &#039;&#039;sanctions&#039;&#039;, 32 [[Grammatical aspect|&#039;&#039;aspects&#039;&#039;]], 8 [[Grammatical mood|&#039;&#039;moods&#039;&#039;]], and 24 &#039;&#039;biases&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An example of morphological analysis===&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;(based entirely on the original Ithkuil grammar book&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sl2120&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;)&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;!-- So before accusing me of original research or unverified claims, go learn Ithkuil. ~~~~ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;{{Unicode|iţkuîl}}&#039;&#039; is a &#039;&#039;formative&#039;&#039; which was derived in original Ithkuil from the &#039;&#039;root&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;k-l&#039;&#039; (broadly concerning “speech”, “voice”, or even “interpretation”) through the addition of several morphological determinants:&lt;br /&gt;
* The &#039;&#039;&#039;-u-&#039;&#039;&#039; vocalic infix&lt;br /&gt;
*:&#039;&#039;kul&#039;&#039; was the &#039;&#039;holistic&#039;&#039; variety of the &#039;&#039;Stem 2&#039;&#039; of the three other possible stems from &#039;&#039;k-l&#039;&#039;. Translating roughly as “a meaningful unit of speech,” i. e. “a word”, it gives no emphasis on the meaning or the vocal rendering of the word.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &#039;&#039;&#039;u → uî&#039;&#039;&#039; mutation of the infix&lt;br /&gt;
*:&#039;&#039;Secondary&#039;&#039;, as opposed to &#039;&#039;Primary&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Mode&#039;&#039;, means that the word &#039;&#039;kuîl&#039;&#039; refers not to a real-life phenomenon, but rather to a mental representation, or projection, of that phenomenon; to an imaginary or hypothetical object. Thus “a made-up word”.&lt;br /&gt;
* A &#039;&#039;Grade 8&#039;&#039; mutation of the first radical consonant: &#039;&#039;&#039;k → ţk&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:The &#039;&#039;Configuration&#039;&#039; of the term is &#039;&#039;&#039;Composite&#039;&#039;&#039;. Roughly corresponding to the [[plural]]ity concept in [[Indo-European languages]], it also implies the objects in question (words, &#039;&#039;kuîl&#039;&#039;) to be diverse, while forming a “coherent emergent entity” (rather than just a collection or an array of different words), thus meaning “a [[vocabulary]]/[[lexicon]]”.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &#039;&#039;&#039;i-&#039;&#039;&#039; vocalic prefix, one of the 24 possible for formative roots&lt;br /&gt;
*:The &#039;&#039;Extension&#039;&#039; is &#039;&#039;Delimitive&#039;&#039;, perceiving “the vocabulary” as entire, with clearly distinguished boundaries, as opposed to it being just a local manifestation{{ndash}}such as slang or a dialect{{ndash}}of a broader lexicon (&#039;&#039;-ţkuîl&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
*:The &#039;&#039;Affiliation&#039;&#039; of the set of objects in question is &#039;&#039;Coalescent&#039;&#039;. This indicates that the individual members of the set act together toward a higher purpose by coōrdinating their complementary functions. Thus, “a [[vocabulary]]/[[lexicon]]” becomes “a language”.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Stress (linguistics)|Syllabic stress]] on the penultimate syllable (&#039;&#039;-u-&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*:The &#039;&#039;Perspective&#039;&#039; of the noun is &#039;&#039;Monadic&#039;&#039;, seeing “the language” as a single and specific entity, rather than a collection of many languages existing separately, the general phenomenon (“human languages”) or the abstract idea of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the approximate translation of &#039;&#039;{{Unicode|iţkuîl}}&#039;&#039; is “an idea/fantasy of a complete purposeful system of complementary speech elements”, or simply “an imaginary language”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A compound sentence===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ithkuil pull uiqisx.png|frame|right|Native, [[boustrophedon]] rendering of the sentence.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Romanization:&#039;&#039;&#039; {{unicode|Pull̀ uíqišx ma’wałg eřyaufënienˉ päţwïç auxë’yaļt xne’wïļta’şui tua kit öllá yaqazmuiv li’yïrzişka’ p’amḿ aìlo’wëčča šu’yehtaş}}&amp;lt;ref name=Ith11-3&amp;gt;[http://www.ithkuil.net/11_script.htm#Sec11o3 Ithkuil.net - Chapter 11, Section 3]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[WP:IPA|IPA]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; {{IPA|[ˈpʊ́l̪l̩̪̀ ʊˈɪ́qɪ̀ʃx ˈmáʔwàɫ̪ɡ ɛʁjaʊ̯fɤˈn̪ɪ́ɛ́n̪ ˈpǽθwɯ̀ç aʊ̯ˈxɤ́ʔjàɬt xn̪ɛʔwiɬˈtáʔʂʊ̀ɪ̯ ˈt̪ʊ́à kɪ̂t̪ œl̪ˈːâ jaˈqázmʊ̀ɪ̯v l̪ɪʔjɯɾˈzɪ́ʂkàʔ pʼamˈm̩̂ aɪl̪ɔʔˈwɤ́tʃːà ʃʊʔˈjɛ́ɸt̪àʂ]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Audio|Ithkuil_pull_uiqisx.ogg|audio}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation:&#039;&#039;&#039; As our vehicle leaves the ground and plunges over the edge of the cliff toward the valley floor, I ponder whether it is possible that one might allege I am guilty of an act of moral failure, having failed to maintain a proper course along the roadway.&amp;lt;ref name=Ith11-3/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Numeral system===&lt;br /&gt;
Ithkuil uses a numeral system of base 100 and of superbase 10,000. There are roots for the numbers 1 to 10 (l-s, k-s, š-s, p-s, ţ-s, t-s, n-s, x-s, f-s, and m-s), and the stem-specific derivative affix is used with a root to add a multiple of 10, providing the numerals up to 99. Ithkuil doesn’t use the concept of [[0 (number)|zero]]. Numbers greater than 100 are expressed periphrastically in speech, while Içtaîl has logograms for the numbers 1 to 100 and for even powers of 100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
===Ithkuil (2004)===&lt;br /&gt;
Ithkuil’s original [[phonology|phonological]] system had 65 [[consonant]]s and 17 [[vowels]]. The consonants were as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;IPA wikitable&amp;quot; style=text-align:center&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2 rowspan=2 | &lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2 | [[labial consonant|Labial]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2 | [[dental consonant|Dental]]&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2 | [[alveolar consonant|Alveolar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2 | [[retroflex consonant|Retro-&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;flex]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2 | [[postalveolar consonant|Post-&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;alveolar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2 | [[palatal consonant|Palatal]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2 | [[velar consonant|Velar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2 | [[uvular consonant|Uvular]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2 | [[pharyngeal consonant|Pharyn-&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;geal]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2 | [[glottal consonant|Glottal]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- class=small&lt;br /&gt;
! [[central consonant|central]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[lateral consonant|lateral]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[central consonant|central]]&lt;br /&gt;
! [[lateral consonant|lateral]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2 | [[nasal consonant|Nasal]]&lt;br /&gt;
| m || n̪ || || || || || || || ŋ || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=4 | [[Plosive consonant|Plosive]]&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[[voice (phonetics)|voiced]]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| b || d̪ || || || || || ɟ || || ɡ || ɢ || || &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[[voiceless]]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| p || t̪ || || || || || c || || k || q || || ʔ&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[[aspiration (phonetics)|aspirated]]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| pʰ || t̪ʰ || || || || || cʰ || || kʰ || qʰ || || &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[[ejective consonant|ejective]]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| pʼ || t̪ʼ || || || || || cʼ || || kʼ || qʼ || || &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=4|[[affricate consonant|Affricate]]&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;voiced&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| || || d͡z || || ɖ͡ʐ || d͡ʒ || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;voiceless&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| || || t͡s || || ʈ͡ʂ || t͡ʃ || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;aspirated&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| || || t͡sʰ || || ʈ͡ʂʰ || t͡ʃʰ || || cʎ̥˔ʰ || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;ejective&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| || || t͡sʼ || || ʈ͡ʂʼ || t͡ʃʼ || c͡çʼ || ||  k͡xʼ || q͡χʼ || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2|[[fricative consonant|Fricative]]&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;voiced&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| v || ð || z || || ʐ || ʒ || ʝ || || ɣ || || || &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;voiceless&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| f || θ || s || ɬ || ʂ || ʃ || ç || || x || χ || ħ || h&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2| [[approximant consonant|Approximant]]&lt;br /&gt;
| || l̪, ɫ̪ || || || ɭ˞ || || j || || w || ʁ̞ || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2| [[Flap consonant|Flap]]&lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || ɽ || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{IPA|/m n̪ ŋ l ɫ ɭ˞/}} could be syllabic. {{IPA|/h/}} was pronounced {{IPA|[ɸ]}} when preceded by a vowel and followed by another consonant. {{IPA|[cʎ̥˔ʰ]}} was in free variation with {{IPA|[cʎ̥˔ʼ]}}; the latter is more common at the beginning of a word. All consonants except {{IPA|/j w/}} could be geminated; when geminated, {{IPA|/h/}} was pronounced as a [[Voiceless bidental fricative|bidental fricative]] and {{IPA|/ɽ/}} was pronounced as an [[alveolar trill]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vowels were as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! !! [[front vowel|front]] !! [[central vowel|central]] !! [[back vowel|back]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[close vowel|Close]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i y}} || {{IPA|ʉ}} || {{IPA|ɯ u}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[near-close vowel|Near-close]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɪ}} || || {{IPA|ʊ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[close-mid vowel|Close-mid]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|e ø}} || || {{IPA|ɤ o}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[open-mid vowel|Open-mid]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ œ}} || || {{IPA|ɔ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[open vowel|Open]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|æ}} || {{IPA|a}} || {{IPA|ɑ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The diphthongs in Ithkuil were /{{IPA|ai̯}}/, /{{IPA|æi̯}}/, /{{IPA|ei̯}}/, /{{IPA|ɤi̯}}/, /{{IPA|øi̯}}/, /{{IPA|oi̯}}/, /{{IPA|ʊi̯}}/, /{{IPA|au̯}}/, /{{IPA|æu̯}}/, /{{IPA|eu̯}}/, /{{IPA|ɤu̯}}/, /{{IPA|ɪu̯}}/, /{{IPA|ou̯}}/, /{{IPA|øu̯}}/, /{{IPA|aɯ̯}}/, /{{IPA|eɯ̯}}/, /{{IPA|ɤɯ̯}}/, /{{IPA|ʊɯ̯}}/, /{{IPA|oɯ̯}}/, /{{IPA|ɪɯ̯}}/, /{{IPA|æɯ̯}}/, /{{IPA|øɯ̯}}/, /{{IPA|ʉɯ̯}}/, /{{IPA|ae̯}}/. All other sequences of vowels were pronounced as separate syllables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ithkuil (2011)===&lt;br /&gt;
The newly revised Ithkuil has 45 consonants and 13 vowels. The consonants are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;IPA wikitable&amp;quot; style=text-align:center&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2 rowspan=1 | &lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1 | [[Bilabial consonant|Bilabial]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1 | [[dental consonant|Dental]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1  | [[alveolar consonant|Alveolar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1  | [[lateral consonant|Lateral]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1 | [[retroflex consonant|Alveolar-retroflex]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1 | [[postalveolar consonant|Post-alveolar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1 | [[palatal consonant|Palatal]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1 | [[velar consonant|Velar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1 | [[uvular consonant|Uvular]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1 | [[pharyngeal consonant|Pharyngeal]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1 | [[glottal consonant|Glottal]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1 | [[labio-velar consonant|Labio-velar]]&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=1 | [[labiodental consonant|Labiodental]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2 | [[nasal consonant|Nasal]]&lt;br /&gt;
| m || n̪ || || || || || || ŋ || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=4 | [[Plosive consonant|Plosive]]&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[[voice (phonetics)|voiced]]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| b || d̪ || || || || || || ɡ || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[[voiceless]]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| p || t̪ || || || || || || k || q || || ʔ || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[[aspiration (phonetics)|aspirated]]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| pʰ || t̪ʰ || || || || || || kʰ || qʰ || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[[ejective consonant|ejective]]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| pʼ || t̪ʼ || || || || || || kʼ || qʼ || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=4|[[affricate consonant|Affricate]]&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;voiced&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| || || d͡z || || || d͡ʒ || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;voiceless&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| || || t͡s || || || t͡ʃ || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;aspirated&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| || || t͡sʰ || |||| t͡ʃʰ || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;ejective&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| || || t͡sʼ || || || t͡ʃʼ || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2|[[fricative consonant|Fricative]]&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;voiced&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| || ð || z || || || ʒ|| || || || || || || v&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;voiceless&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| || θ || s || ɬ || || ʃ || ç || x || χ || || h || || f&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2| [[approximant consonant|Approximant]]&lt;br /&gt;
| || || || l || || || j || || ʁ̞ || || || w ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=2| [[Flap consonant|Flap]]&lt;br /&gt;
| || || || || ɽ || || || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{IPA|/m n̪ ŋ l ɽ/}} can be syllabic. All consonants except {{IPA|/j w/}} can be geminated; when geminated {{IPA|/ɽ/}} is pronounced as an [[alveolar trill]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 13 vowels of Ithkuil are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! !! [[front vowel|front]] !! [[central vowel|central]] !! [[back vowel|back]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[close vowel|Close]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || {{IPA|ʉ}} || {{IPA|u}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[near-close vowel|Near-close]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɪ}} || || {{IPA|ʊ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[close-mid vowel|Close-mid]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ø}} || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[mid vowel|Mid]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|e}} || {{IPA|ə}} || {{IPA|o}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[open-mid vowel|Open-mid]]&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|ɛ}} || || {{IPA|ɔ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[open vowel|Open]]&lt;br /&gt;
| || {{IPA|a}} || {{IPA|ɑ}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The diphthongs in Ithkuil are /{{IPA|aɪ̯}}/, /{{IPA|εɪ̯}}, /{{IPA|əɪ̯}}/, /{{IPA|ɔɪ̯}}/, /{{IPA|œɪ̯}}/, /{{IPA|øɪ̯}}/, /{{IPA|ʊɪ̯}}/, /{{IPA|aʊ̯}}/, /{{IPA|εʊ̯}}/, /{{IPA|əʊ̯}}/, /{{IPA|ɪʊ̯}}/, /{{IPA|ɔʊ̯}}/, /{{IPA|œʊ̯}}/, /{{IPA|øʊ̯}}/. All other sequences of vowels are pronounced as separate syllables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orthography==&lt;br /&gt;
Ithkuil&#039;s native script is called Içtaîl, the Ithkuil word for &#039;hypothetical writing system&#039;. It is a &#039;&#039;morphophonemic&#039;&#039; script as characters convey both phonetic and morphological information. Its use is closely tied to Ithkuil’s grammatical system, which allows much of the phonological aspect of words to be morpho-syntactically inferred. Those parts of an Ithkuil word whose pronunciation is predictable are not written, while the characters used to indicate the pronunciation of the unpredictable parts of a word also convey the grammatical information necessary to reconstruct the implicit phonetics. Words are thus written in a highly abbreviated manner, particularly useful for the highly inflected, occasionally elongated words of the Ithkuil language. The script is also used alphabetically for transliterating foreign words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Influences==&lt;br /&gt;
For his influences, Quijada cites the “morpho-phonology of [[Abkhaz language|Abkhaz]] verb complexes, the moods of verbs of certain [[Indigenous languages of the Americas|American Indian languages]], the aspectual system of [[Niger–Kordofanian languages]], the nominal case systems of [[Basque language|Basque]] and [[Northeast Caucasian languages|Dagestanian languages]], the enclitic system of  the [[Wakashan languages]], the positional orientation systems [[Tzeltal language|Tzeltal]] and [[Guugu Yimithirr language|Guugu Yimidhirr]], the [[Semitic root|Semitic triliteral root]] morphology, and the hearsay and possessive categories of [[Suzette Elgin]]&#039;s [[Láadan]] language”.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sl2120&amp;quot; &amp;gt;section &#039;&#039;A Brief History of the Language’s Development&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Possible advantages==&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Linguistic relativity|Sapir–Whorf hypothesis]] postulates that a person’s language defines their perceptions and cognitive patterns. Stanislav Kozlovsky proposed,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kozl&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(Russian) [http://www.computerra.ru/offline/2004/550/34762/ «Скорость мысли», Станислав Козловский]– &#039;&#039;Speed of thought&#039;&#039; by Stanislav Kozlovsky, &#039;&#039;Computerra&#039;&#039;, &amp;amp;#8470;26-27, June 20, 2004&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; in the Russian popular-scientific magazine &#039;&#039;Computerra&#039;&#039;, that a fluent speaker of Ithkuil, accordingly, would think “about five or six times as fast” as a speaker of a typical natural language. One may also argue that, Ithkuil being an extremely precise and [[synthetic language]], its speaker would, under the Sapir–Whorf hypothesis, have a more discerning, deeper understanding both of everyday situations and of broader phenomena, and of abstract [[philosophy|philosophical]] categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along these lines, Kozlovsky likened Ithkuil to the fictional &#039;&#039;[[Speedtalk]]&#039;&#039; from [[Robert A. Heinlein]]’s novella &#039;&#039;[[Gulf (Heinlein)|Gulf]]&#039;&#039;, and contrasted both languages with the &#039;&#039;[[Newspeak]]&#039;&#039; of the communicationally restricted society of [[George Orwell|Orwell]]’s &#039;&#039;[[Nineteen Eighty-Four]]&#039;&#039;. Ithkuil is by far the most complete language of the three.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Speedtalk and Newspeak been merely “sampled” by their creators, neither with an outline of grammar or lexicon.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; John Quijada acknowledged the similarity of Ithkuil’s design goals to those of Speedtalk,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sl2120&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; remarking that, “[h]owever, Heinlein’s Speedtalk appears to focus only on the morpho-phonological component of language[, whereas] Ithkuil has been designed with an equal focus on [morphology, lexico-morphology, or lexico-semantics]. Additionally, the apparent purpose of Heinlein&#039;s language is simple rapidity/brevity of speech and thought, while Ithkuil is focused on maximal communication in the most efficient manner, a somewhat different purpose, in which brevity per se is irrelevant.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== {{anchor|Ilaksh}} Ilaksh: the first revision of Ithkuil==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name= Ilaksh&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename=&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation=&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= John Quijada&lt;br /&gt;
|created={{nobr|June 2007}}&lt;br /&gt;
|region= none&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers= presumably none&lt;br /&gt;
|date= 2012&lt;br /&gt;
|script= Içtaîl&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor= Constructed language&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2= Ithkuil&lt;br /&gt;
|iso2=art&lt;br /&gt;
|iso3=none&lt;br /&gt;
|notice=IPA&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Since the mentioning of Ithkuil in the Russian magazine &#039;&#039;Computerra&#039;&#039;,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;kozl&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; several speakers of Russian contacted Quijada and expressed enthusiasm to learn the language, with several complaining of its difficulty in pronunciation. Quijada remade the language’s morphophonology and published the revision on 10 June 2007, as Ilaksh.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;sl2120&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The innovation featured other amendments to grammar, like some additional &#039;&#039;Levels&#039;&#039; or a slight shuffling of &#039;&#039;noun cases&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ilaksh script was redesigned.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://web.archive.org/web/20110605210044/http://ithkuil.net/ilaksh/images/script_diagram.gif Ilaksh script diagram (indicates what the various parts of an Ilaksh logogram indicate) (no longer available on site, link shows archive.org&#039;s cache)]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://ithkuil.net/11_script.htm#Sec11o6 Ilaksh formal / ornamental script example, an updated version of the older script diagram]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It has two forms, a sequential “informal” system suitable for handwriting or compact typesetting, and a “formal” [[logographic]] system with artistic possibilities resembling [[Maya script]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the “informal” writing system, several parallel sets of lines are shaped to correspond sequentially to the different parallel sets of lexemes and inflections. It is directly pronounceable. The author designed it with reserve for convenient handwriting. The overall design would permit compact, clear, black-and-white rendering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the colorful “formal” script, a single complex glyph represents an entire sentence. Diversely shaped, shaded and superimposed “cartouches” represent the [[syntax|syntactic]] relations of the verb and noun phrases of a sentence. The edges of the cartouches have particular shapes describing one set of inflections, while the colors describe another set of inflexions, and the textures yet another set. On the cartouches, “letters” of [[hexagon]]al outline spell out the shapes of particular lexemes. The cartouches form phrases, with primary phrases overlapping subordinate phrases. The coloring system utilizes different color densities and texturing for different colors in order to be usable by color-blind people. These density conventions also allow the formal system to be inexpensively printed in black-and-white, or inscribed or imprinted on stone or other materials.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.ithkuil.net/11_script.htm Ilaksh Chapter 11: The Writing System]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of July 2011, Quijada plans to adopt the formal script &amp;quot;for use as an alternative, &#039;ornamental&#039; writing system for artistic purposes&amp;quot; to the 2011 revision of Ithkuil, which was made to be morphologically similar to Ilaksh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ithkuil.net Ithkuil official site, now presenting the version as of July 2011]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineered languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Knowledge representation languages]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=136935</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=136935"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T18:46:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* A posteriori conlangs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A priori conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Českoen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Alanûz]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Omonkwi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kamatarna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shellud]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A posteriori conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Finnail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brest]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Germanic-Mapuzugun]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teodiskō]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bamzooki]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aklo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Djinn language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Teutla]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=136934</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=136934"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T18:46:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A priori conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Českoen]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Alanûz]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Omonkwi]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kamatarna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Shellud]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A posteriori conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Finnail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lam a-vrest/Brest]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Germanic-Mapuzugun]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teodiskō]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bamzooki]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aklo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Djinn language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Teutla]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=136933</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=136933"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T18:45:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A priori conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* Českoen&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* Alanûz&lt;br /&gt;
* Omonkwi&lt;br /&gt;
* Kamatarna&lt;br /&gt;
* Shellud&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A posteriori conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* Finnail&lt;br /&gt;
* Lam a-vrest/Brest&lt;br /&gt;
* Germanic-Mapuzugun&lt;br /&gt;
* Teodiskō&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commissioned conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
* Bamzooki&lt;br /&gt;
* Aklo&lt;br /&gt;
* Djinn language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Teutla&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=136932</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=136932"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T18:43:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* Conlangs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A priori conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
* Českoen&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
* Alanûz&lt;br /&gt;
* Omonkwi&lt;br /&gt;
* Kamatarna&lt;br /&gt;
* Shellud&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Teutla&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=136931</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=136931"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T18:41:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
*Českoen&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Wakensi]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Teutla&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Wakensi&amp;diff=136930</id>
		<title>Wakensi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Wakensi&amp;diff=136930"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T18:40:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Created page with &amp;quot;Category:Cramarian languages Category:Conlangs Category:Languages Category:A priori  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Wakensi&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a language belonging to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cramarian&amp;#039;&amp;#039; family of langu...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Cramarian languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:A priori]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Wakensi&#039;&#039;&#039; is a language belonging to the &#039;&#039;Cramarian&#039;&#039; family of languages. It has some oddities and peculiarities that set it apart from even more closely related Cramarian languages. One such is the use of an introductory particle at the beginning of sentences which marks whether it is a question or a statement. Also it relies in heavy prefixing rather than suffixing. Apart from this, the Cramarian morphology is pretty transparent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
Wakensi phonology is pretty straughtforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Consonants ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;bluetable lightbluebg&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 660px; text-align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Bilabial&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Alveolar&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Palatal&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Velar&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Nasal&lt;br /&gt;
| m&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; | n~ŋ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Stop&lt;br /&gt;
| p b&lt;br /&gt;
| t d&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| k g&lt;br /&gt;
| ’ [ʔ]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Pre-nasal&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;p &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;b&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;t &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;d&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;k &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;g&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Fricative&lt;br /&gt;
| f v~w&lt;br /&gt;
| s&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| h&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Approximant&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| j&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Liquid&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| l r&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vowels ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;bluetable lightbluebg&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! !! Front !! Central !! Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Close&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || || {{IPA|u ʲu}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Mid&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|e ʲe}} || || {{IPA|o ʲo}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Open&lt;br /&gt;
| || {{IPA|a ʲa}} ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphosyntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns are indeclinable and are only inflected for number and construct state. The language has only two grammatical numbers: singular and plural, and expresses possession through the use of the construct state.&lt;br /&gt;
Plurals are handled in a pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Noun !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Pattern&#039;&#039;&#039; || CVC || C&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;i-C&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;VC&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e.g.: &amp;quot;god&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; || tomb || titomb&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e.g.: &amp;quot;cat&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; || nau || ninau&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However note that the plural of &#039;&#039;tman&#039;&#039;, &amp;quot;man&amp;quot;, is &#039;&#039;titmin&#039;&#039;, &amp;quot;men&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Possession====&lt;br /&gt;
Wakensi uses the construct for possessive constructions, which is suffixed to the possessed noun. The construct is &amp;lt;-‘i&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;sisei&#039;&#039;&#039;’i&#039;&#039;&#039; nau&#039;&#039; “the fingers of the cat”&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;wau&#039;&#039;&#039;’i&#039;&#039;&#039; hun&#039;&#039; “eye of the dog”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two possession in Wakensi, alienable and inalienable, which are only marked when using a personal pronoun. The construct form makes the alienable possessive, the inalienable possessive is formed prefixing the pronoun to the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ka&#039;&#039;&#039;tomb&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;your&#039;&#039;&#039; god”&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;tan&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039;&#039; sister”&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;mbe&#039;&#039;&#039;gaba&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;our&#039;&#039;&#039; father”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inalienable possessive means that the object possessed constitutes a part of the person possessing it. While the alienable shows that the object only has some kind of possessive realtionship to the noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;so&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039;&#039; flesh” (the flesh that constitutes me)&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;so&#039;&#039;&#039;’i&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;woh&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; “&#039;&#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039;&#039; flesh” (as in the flesh in my plate)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pronouns===&lt;br /&gt;
The prefixed pronouns are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!  !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;First&#039;&#039;&#039; || wo-, woh- || mbe-, mb-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Second&#039;&#039;&#039; || ka-, k- || kika-, kik-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Third&#039;&#039;&#039; || m. wi- f. wa-, w- || m. wiwi- f. wiwa-, wiw-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The third person neutral takes the femenine “wa-“ pronoun, also it is the default for a group of different genders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the independent pronouns:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!  !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;First&#039;&#039;&#039; || woh || mbee&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Second&#039;&#039;&#039; || ka || kika&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Third&#039;&#039;&#039; || m. wi, f. wa || m. wisi, f. wasi&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tulvan&amp;diff=136929</id>
		<title>Tulvan</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Tulvan&amp;diff=136929"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T18:38:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tulvan&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a language developed to be to be spoken by humans of an Earth-like planet in the far future in an imaginary time-line. As such, it showcases a very degraded no...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Tulvan&#039;&#039;&#039; is a language developed to be to be spoken by humans of an Earth-like planet in the far future in an imaginary time-line. As such, it showcases a very degraded noun morphology, erosion of compounds, relexification and other such traits. A particular characteristic is that words have become more and more specific in their meanings, thus countering a leveling in morphology with a diversification in semantics. The speakers of Tulvan are thought to be in a post-apogee civilization that values culture and scientific knowledge above all, although they still retain some superstitions in their culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main goals of the language was to experiment with having few to no declensions in a language tending to isolation and analytical morphosyntax. Of course some remnants of an older system remain, so it is not purely one thing or the other, but denotes a state of flux in the language continuum. In comparison to other conlangs of mine it is quite light in declension, only having a marked accusative. Other characteristics are meant to set it apart from common western european languages, such as the use of prefixes for derivation and the use of postpositions being preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Name==&lt;br /&gt;
The native speakers of the language believe the name Tulvan to derive directly from their word &#039;tulv&#039; meaning &amp;quot;to think&amp;quot;, stating that their language is the best and most efficient way to express thought. This is, of course, highly unlikely, and many experts consider it just a case of folk etymology. The origin of the root of the name is unknown, although archaeological and liguistic studies point towards the ancient use of the endonym Tuluan and the region called Tuluanna as more possible and credible sources of the name. The exact meaning of it remains, as of yet, undetermined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
The phonology of Tulvan is not particularly complicated by design. It possesses no affricates or sibilant fricatives, and the velar fricative &amp;lt;c&amp;gt; [x] is becoming indistinguishable from the velar stop &amp;lt;k&amp;gt; [k] in most dialects. The language distinguishes between simple vowels &amp;lt;a, e, i, o, u&amp;gt; and palatalized vowels &amp;lt;ä, ë, ö, ü&amp;gt;, the latter ones not unlike those in Russian or other Slavic languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Consonants ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 660px; text-align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Bilabial&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Dental&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Palatal&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Velar&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Uvular&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Labio-Velar&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width: 68px; &amp;quot; |Glottal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Stop&lt;br /&gt;
| p b&lt;br /&gt;
| t d&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| k g&lt;br /&gt;
| q&lt;br /&gt;
| k&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;w&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; g&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;w&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Fricative&lt;br /&gt;
| f v&lt;br /&gt;
| th [θ]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| c [x]&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| c&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;w&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt; [x&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;w&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;]&lt;br /&gt;
| h&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Sibilant&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| s z&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Nasal&lt;br /&gt;
| m&lt;br /&gt;
| n&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| n&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;w&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Liquid&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| l r&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; |Approximant&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| y [j]&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| w&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
In modern times the series &amp;lt;c, q, k&amp;gt; are merging in many dialects into one single /k/ phoneme, although some also present aspirated variants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vowels ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! !! Front !! Central !! Back&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Close&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|i}} || || {{IPA|u ʲu}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Mid&lt;br /&gt;
| {{IPA|e ʲe}} || || {{IPA|o ʲo}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Open&lt;br /&gt;
| || {{IPA|a ʲa}} ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only distinction in vowels is between regular vowels and palatized ones, these last ones written: &amp;lt;ä, ë, ö, ü&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
Tulvan is a mostly analytical language, but some remnants of an older case system still remain, for example, in the accusative of nouns. Both pronouns and nouns are inflected for accusative, there&#039;s also an adjectival prefix i- to form adjectives from nouns and pronouns. In the case of pronouns they serve to create the possessive adjectives for each person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The accusative is used in nouns to mark the direct object of a verb. The mark of the accusative in Tulvan is the affix &#039;&#039;&#039;-u&#039;&#039;&#039;. It can sometimes behave as a suffix and sometimes as a prefix. This phenomenon is called &#039;&#039;allotaxy&#039;&#039;, and is phonetically conditioned by the letter in which the previous word ends or the next word begins with, wether it is a consonant or a vowel to avoid a combination of C-C or V-V.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, in the sentence &#039;&#039;cur mem uspär?&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Do you want some water?&amp;quot; the u- marks the accusative because &#039;&#039;mem&#039;&#039; ends in consonant and &#039;&#039;spär&#039;&#039; begins with one. However in a sentence like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Levi crum&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; nus&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;See an old man!&amp;quot; (imperative)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where &#039;&#039;crum&#039;&#039; is &amp;quot;man&amp;quot;, it is perfectly valid to put the -u as a suffix. But this could change in a sentence like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Lev kwam &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;crum nus&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;I see an old man.&amp;quot; (present)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though, in this particular case, either prefix or suffix forms are valid, thus &#039;&#039;lev kwam crum&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; nus&#039;&#039;, is also valid. Depending only on personal taste; however in the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Lev kwam ucrum ëv nus&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;I see a man (who) is old.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The preferred choice would be to prefix the accusative to avoid the following vowel. However, in cases where both the previous word ends in a vowel and the next one begins with a vowel the word preceding usually has precedence. Although some dialects can show different patterns or uses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only other marker nouns posses is the number marking, the plural. This marker is &#039;&#039;&#039;-n, -en&#039;&#039;&#039; for words ending in a vowel and words ending in a consonant respectively. So a word like &#039;&#039;utim&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot;, would have a plural &#039;&#039;utimen&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;trees&amp;quot;. This also applies for pronouns and verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Lev kwam utimen nus&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;I see the old trees&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I look at the old trees.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact the distinction between &amp;quot;look&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;see&amp;quot; is made by the pronoun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives in Tulvan are invariable in number, declension or gender. They follow their respective nouns and they are divided into two main groups: &#039;&#039;full adjectives&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;derived adjectives&#039;&#039;, the latter are marked by an attributive prefix &#039;&#039;&#039;i-&#039;&#039;&#039;. One will notice that sometimes an English adjective doesn&#039;t have a full adjective in Tulvan. Even though this could be fixed by the attributive making it a derived adjective, sometimes this can give an awkward expression for native Tulvan speakers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the case, for example, with such words as &amp;quot;good&amp;quot; in most common greetings. This is not expressed by an adjective in Tulvan, but by a word meaning &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;well-being&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; as a noun. Also this is the case for some more complex derived adjectives. Needless to say colors belong to the full adjectives category. Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;trum ni nari&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;Good night.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:literally; &amp;quot;well-being in the night (for you)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives always follow their noun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Crum nus&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;The old man.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Utim cip&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;The new tree.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Nwir cnara&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;The black sky.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This also applies to derived adjectives with the attributive prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Crum itrum&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;A good man.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Roth icrum&#039;&#039;. &amp;quot;A mannish woman.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
===Adverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
===Particles===&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivational morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- An example of a translated or unique text written in your language. Again, it is recommended that you make sure that the phonology, constraints, phonotactics and grammar are more or less finished before writing. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tulvan]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:A priori]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=136928</id>
		<title>Genitive absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=136928"/>
		<updated>2020-11-20T18:34:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* Examples */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[Ancient Greek grammar]], the &#039;&#039;&#039;genitive absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; (Latin: &#039;&#039;&#039;genitivus absolutus&#039;&#039;&#039;) is a [[grammatical construction]] consisting of a [[participle]] and often a [[noun]] which are both in the [[genitive case]], very similar to the [[Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in [[Latin]]. A genitive [[absolute construction]] serves as a dependent [[clause]], usually at the beginning of a sentence, in which the genitive noun is subject of the dependent clause and the participle takes on the role of predicate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &#039;&#039;absolute&#039;&#039; comes from the Latin &#039;&#039;absolutus&#039;&#039;, literally meaning &#039;&#039;made loose&#039;&#039;. This comes from the general truth that the genitive absolute does not refer to anything in the independent clause; although this is often true, there are many exceptions, notably in the [[New Testament]] and in [[Koine Greek|Koine]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Fuller | first = Lois K.|title = The &amp;quot;Genitive Absolute&amp;quot; in New Testament/Hellenistic Greek: A Proposal for Clearer Understanding|journal=Journal of Greco-Roman Christianity and Judaism|volume=3|pages=142–167|year=2006|url = http://divinity.mcmaster.ca/pages/jgrchj/volume3/JGRChJ3-7_Fuller.pdf | accessdate = 2006-12-09}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conjunctions in different tenses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three participle [[Grammatical tense|tenses]] are used in forming a genitive absolute. This results in different meanings of text and different translations, because of different relations in time between the independent and the dependent clause. &#039;&#039;Present participles&#039;&#039; are used when the information in the dependent clause happens &amp;quot;during&amp;quot; the independent clause, and are therefore translated as such. Either such a translated genitive absolute begins with, for example, &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, or a present participle is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Aorist participles&#039;&#039; are used when the dependent clause takes place before the independent clause. This means that instead of &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039; are the conjunctions in translations, or a perfect participle is applied and not a present one. &#039;&#039;Future participles&#039;&#039;, which are less common than their present and aorist counterparts, give information about what &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;might&#039;&#039; be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from translations with these conjunctions, others are also frequently used while translating a genitive absolute, such as &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;however&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;although&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Absolute constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolute constructions occur with other [[grammatical case]]s in [[Indo-European languages]], such as [[accusative absolute]], [[Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in Latin, dative absolute in [[Gothic language|Gothic]] and [[Old Church Slavonic]], and locative absolute in [[Vedic Sanskrit]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|page=149|author=Benjamin W. Fortson IV|title=Indo-European Language and Culture: An Introduction|location=Malden, MA|publisher=Blackwell Publishing|year=2004|isbn=1-4051-0315-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Compare also [[nominative absolute]] in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below are two examples of the genitive absolute, in different tenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων&#039;&#039;&#039;, αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οἴκοι εἰσίν [tōn andrōn polemoúntōn, hai gunaīkes mónai oíkoi eisín]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;While the men are waging war&#039;&#039;&#039;, the women are at home by themselves.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This first example shows how a genitive absolute with a &#039;&#039;&#039;present&#039;&#039;&#039; participle is used with simultaneous actions. The independent clause is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οίκοι εἰσίν}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;...the women are at home by themselves&amp;quot;). The dependent clause and genitive absolute in this example is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;While the men are waging war&amp;quot;). It explains to the reader why the women are home alone, and yet is additional and not required information. Note the usage of the conjunction &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039;, indicating the two facts occurring at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating into English, failure to render the Greek participle into a finite clause often yields a stilted or even ungrammatical result: &amp;quot;The men waging war, the women are at home...&amp;quot; is hardly acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος&#039;&#039;&#039;, οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον [toū despótou keleúsantos, hoi doūloi ērgazon]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;After their master has ordered it&#039;&#039;&#039;, the slaves begin to work.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example shows a genitive absolute with an &#039;&#039;&#039;aorist&#039;&#039;&#039; participle. The independent clause in this sentence, &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον}}&amp;quot;, explains what happens (&amp;quot;...the slaves begin to work.&amp;quot;). The genitive absolute, being &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος}}&amp;quot;, provides the reader with additional information (&amp;quot;After the/their master has ordered (it)...&amp;quot;). Here, note the conjunction &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;, which indicates the two facts do &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; happen simultaneously, as they do with the present genitive absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, a more direct rendition, with &#039;having&#039; as an overt indicator of temporal sequence, is possible if somewhat stilted: &amp;quot;The master having ordered it, the slaves began to work.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Ablative absolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accusative absolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Nominative absolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Genitive case]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com.ar/2010/06/genitive-absolute.html Katanik], blog entry explaining the genitive absolute in Ancient Greek in few easy terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128858</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128858"/>
		<updated>2020-01-20T17:36:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my &#039;&#039;&#039;more complete&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://tulvan.blogspot.com/ Tulvan]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
*Českoen&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Wakensi Wakensi]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Teutla T&#039;eutla]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128857</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128857"/>
		<updated>2020-01-20T17:36:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://tulvan.blogspot.com/ Tulvan]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
*Českoen&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Wakensi Wakensi]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Teutla T&#039;eutla]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128856</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128856"/>
		<updated>2020-01-20T17:35:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega | Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://tulvan.blogspot.com/ Tulvan]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
*Českoen&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Wakensi Wakensi]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Teutla T&#039;eutla]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128855</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128855"/>
		<updated>2020-01-20T17:34:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega| Linguifex Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://tulvan.blogspot.com/ Tulvan]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
*Českoen&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Wakensi Wakensi]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Teutla T&#039;eutla]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128854</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128854"/>
		<updated>2020-01-20T17:33:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my [https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega|Linguifex_Userpage]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://tulvan.blogspot.com/ Tulvan]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
*Českoen&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Wakensi Wakensi]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Teutla T&#039;eutla]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128853</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128853"/>
		<updated>2020-01-20T17:32:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my [[https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega|Linguifex_Userpage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://tulvan.blogspot.com/ Tulvan]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
*Českoen&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Wakensi Wakensi]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Teutla T&#039;eutla]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128852</id>
		<title>User:Esploranto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Esploranto&amp;diff=128852"/>
		<updated>2020-01-20T17:32:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Esploranto in conlanging blogs and the #conlang IRC chat-room. I became hugely interested in etymology since the first time I saw a greek term in the modern sciences. I&#039;ve studied Latin and Ancient Greek as well as Old Norse and Anglo-saxon. I study linguistics in Buenos Aires, Argentina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check my [[https://linguifex.com/wiki/User:Nicomega|Linguifex Userpage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conlangs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://tulvan.blogspot.com/ Tulvan]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://kareyku.blogspot.com/ Kareyku]&lt;br /&gt;
*Českoen&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Unnai Unnai]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cramarian project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve been involved in the Cramarian project with some fellow conlangers from which I spawned several daughter conlangs from a randomly generated Proto-language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*(from Proto-Cramarian)&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Wakensi Wakensi]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://katanik.blogspot.com/search/label/Teutla T&#039;eutla]&lt;br /&gt;
**Tuscal&lt;br /&gt;
**Éothuth&lt;br /&gt;
**Pennyen&lt;br /&gt;
**Hrashrzen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My conlanging musings blog: [http://katanik.blogspot.com/ Katanik]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Naeso}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Grammatical_construction&amp;diff=65116</id>
		<title>Grammatical construction</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Grammatical_construction&amp;diff=65116"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T21:29:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[linguistics]], a &#039;&#039;&#039;grammatical construction&#039;&#039;&#039; is any [[syntax|syntactic]] string of words ranging from [[Sentence (linguistics)|sentence]]s over [[phrase structure rules|phrasal structures]] to certain complex [[lexeme]]s, such as [[phrasal verb]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[generative grammar|generative]] frameworks, constructions are generally argued to be void of content and derived by the general syntactic rules of the language in question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[construction grammar]], [[cognitive grammar]], and [[cognitive linguistics]], a grammatical construction is a [[syntactic]] [[:wikt:template|template]] that is paired with conventionalized [[Semantics|semantic]] and [[Pragmatics|pragmatic]] content. In these disciplines, constructions are given a more [[semiotics|semiotic]] character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal grammar]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ronald W. Langacker]], &#039;&#039;Foundations of Cognitive Grammar Volume I&#039;&#039;, Stanford University Press, Stanford, California, 1987. ISBN 0804738521&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adele Goldberg (linguist)|Adele E. Goldberg]], &#039;&#039;Constructions: A Construction Grammar Approach to Argument Structure&#039;&#039;, The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1995. ISBN 0226300862&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Syntactic entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Grammatical_construction&amp;diff=65115</id>
		<title>Grammatical construction</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Grammatical_construction&amp;diff=65115"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T21:29:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[linguistics]], a &#039;&#039;&#039;grammatical construction&#039;&#039;&#039; is any [[syntax|syntactic]] string of words ranging from [[Sentence (linguistics)|sentence]]s over [[phrase structure rules|phrasal structures]] to certain complex [[lexeme]]s, such as [[phrasal verb]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[generative grammar|generative]] frameworks, constructions are generally argued to be void of content and derived by the general syntactic rules of the language in question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[construction grammar]], [[cognitive grammar]], and [[cognitive linguistics]], a grammatical construction is a [[syntactic]] [[:wikt:template|template]] that is paired with conventionalized [[Semantics|semantic]] and [[Pragmatics|pragmatic]] content. In these disciplines, constructions are given a more [[semiotics|semiotic]] character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal grammar]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ronald W. Langacker]], &#039;&#039;Foundations of Cognitive Grammar Volume I&#039;&#039;, Stanford University Press, Stanford, California, 1987. ISBN 0804738521&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adele Goldberg (linguist)|Adele E. Goldberg]], &#039;&#039;Constructions: A Construction Grammar Approach to Argument Structure&#039;&#039;, The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1995. ISBN 0226300862&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Syntactic entities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Grammatical_construction&amp;diff=65114</id>
		<title>Grammatical construction</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Grammatical_construction&amp;diff=65114"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T21:27:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Created page with &amp;quot;In linguistics, a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;grammatical construction&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is any syntactic string of words ranging from sentences over [[phrase structure rules|p...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[linguistics]], a &#039;&#039;&#039;grammatical construction&#039;&#039;&#039; is any [[syntax|syntactic]] string of words ranging from [[Sentence (linguistics)|sentence]]s over [[phrase structure rules|phrasal structures]] to certain complex [[lexeme]]s, such as [[phrasal verb]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[generative grammar|generative]] frameworks, constructions are generally argued to be void of content and derived by the general syntactic rules of the language in question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[construction grammar]], [[cognitive grammar]], and [[cognitive linguistics]], a grammatical construction is a [[syntactic]] [[:wikt:template|template]] that is paired with conventionalized [[Semantics|semantic]] and [[Pragmatics|pragmatic]] content. In these disciplines, constructions are given a more [[semiotics|semiotic]] character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Formal grammar]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ronald W. Langacker]], &#039;&#039;Foundations of Cognitive Grammar Volume I&#039;&#039;, Stanford University Press, Stanford, California, 1987. ISBN 0804738521&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Adele Goldberg (linguist)|Adele E. Goldberg]], &#039;&#039;Constructions: A Construction Grammar Approach to Argument Structure&#039;&#039;, The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1995. ISBN 0226300862&lt;br /&gt;
{{syntax-stub}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Syntactic entities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65113</id>
		<title>Genitive absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65113"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T21:17:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* See also */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[Ancient Greek grammar]], the &#039;&#039;&#039;genitive absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; (Latin: &#039;&#039;&#039;genitivus absolutus&#039;&#039;&#039;) is a [[grammatical construction]] consisting of a [[participle]] and often a [[noun]] which are both in the [[genitive case]], very similar to the [[Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in [[Latin]]. A genitive [[absolute construction]] serves as a dependent [[clause]], usually at the beginning of a sentence, in which the genitive noun is subject of the dependent clause and the participle takes on the role of predicate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &#039;&#039;absolute&#039;&#039; comes from the Latin &#039;&#039;absolutus&#039;&#039;, literally meaning &#039;&#039;made loose&#039;&#039;. This comes from the general truth that the genitive absolute does not refer to anything in the independent clause; although this is often true, there are many exceptions, notably in the [[New Testament]] and in [[Koine Greek|Koine]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Fuller | first = Lois K.|title = The &amp;quot;Genitive Absolute&amp;quot; in New Testament/Hellenistic Greek: A Proposal for Clearer Understanding|journal=Journal of Greco-Roman Christianity and Judaism|volume=3|pages=142–167|year=2006|url = http://divinity.mcmaster.ca/pages/jgrchj/volume3/JGRChJ3-7_Fuller.pdf | accessdate = 2006-12-09}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conjunctions in different tenses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three participle [[Grammatical tense|tenses]] are used in forming a genitive absolute. This results in different meanings of text and different translations, because of different relations in time between the independent and the dependent clause. &#039;&#039;Present participles&#039;&#039; are used when the information in the dependent clause happens &amp;quot;during&amp;quot; the independent clause, and are therefore translated as such. Either such a translated genitive absolute begins with, for example, &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, or a present participle is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Aorist participles&#039;&#039; are used when the dependent clause takes place before the independent clause. This means that instead of &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039; are the conjunctions in translations, or a perfect participle is applied and not a present one. &#039;&#039;Future participles&#039;&#039;, which are less common than their present and aorist counterparts, give information about what &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;might&#039;&#039; be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from translations with these conjunctions, others are also frequently used while translating a genitive absolute, such as &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;however&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;although&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Absolute constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolute constructions occur with other [[grammatical case]]s in [[Indo-European languages]], such as [[accusative absolute]], [[Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in Latin, dative absolute in [[Gothic language|Gothic]] and [[Old Church Slavonic]], and locative absolute in [[Vedic Sanskrit]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|page=149|author=Benjamin W. Fortson IV|title=Indo-European Language and Culture: An Introduction|location=Malden, MA|publisher=Blackwell Publishing|year=2004|isbn=1-4051-0315-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Compare also [[nominative absolute]] in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below are two examples of the genitive absolute, in different tenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων&#039;&#039;&#039;, αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οἴκοι εἰσίν [tōn andrōn polemoúntōn, hai gunaīkes mónai oíkoi eisín]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;While the men are waging war&#039;&#039;&#039;, the women are at home by themselves.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This first example shows how a genitive absolute with a &#039;&#039;&#039;present&#039;&#039;&#039; participle is used with simultaneous actions. The independent clause is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οίκοι εἰσίν}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;...the women are at home by themselves&amp;quot;). The dependent clause and genitive absolute in this example is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;While the men are waging war&amp;quot;). It explains to the reader why the women are home alone, and yet is additional and not required information. Note the usage of the conjunction &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039;, indicating the two facts occurring at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating into English, failure to render the Greek participle into a finite clause often yields a stilted or even ungrammatical result: &amp;quot;The men waging war, the women are at home...&amp;quot; is hardly acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος&#039;&#039;&#039;, οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον [toū despótou keleúsantos, hoi doūloi ērgazon]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;After their master has ordered it&#039;&#039;&#039;, the slaves begin to work.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example shows a genitive absolute with an &#039;&#039;&#039;aorist&#039;&#039;&#039; participle. The independent clause in this sentence, &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον}}&amp;quot;, explains what happens (&amp;quot;...the slaves begin to work.&amp;quot;). The genitive absolute, being &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος}}&amp;quot;, provides the reader with additional information (&amp;quot;After the/their master has ordered (it)...&amp;quot;). Here, note the conjunction &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;, which indicates the two facts do &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; happen simultaneously, as they do with the present genitive absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, a more direct rendition, with &#039;having&#039; as an overt indicator of temporal sequence, is possible if somewhat stilted: &amp;quot;The master having ordered it, the slaves began to work.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Ablative absolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accusative absolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Nominative absolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Genitive case]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com.ar/2010/06/genitive-absolute.html Katanik], blog entry explaining the genitive absolute in Ancient Greek in few easy terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Nominative_absolute&amp;diff=65112</id>
		<title>Nominative absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Nominative_absolute&amp;diff=65112"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T21:16:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Created page with &amp;quot;In English grammar, a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;nominative absolute&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a free-standing (absolute) part of a sentence that descr...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[English language|English]] [[grammar]], a &#039;&#039;&#039;nominative absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; is a free-standing ([[absolute (grammar)|absolute]]) part of a [[sentence (grammar)|sentence]] that describes or modifies the main [[subject (grammar)|subject]] and [[verb]]. It is usually at the beginning or end of the sentence, although it can also appear in the middle. Its parallel is the [[Ablative absolute#Ablative absolute|ablative absolute]] in [[Latin]], or the [[genitive absolute]] in [[ancient Greek grammar|Greek]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way to identify a nominative absolute is to add a [[verb]]; one can always create a sentence out of a nominative absolute by adding one verb (generally a form of &#039;&#039;to be&#039;&#039;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Their manes flowing, the horses ran from the burning barn.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*: Nominative absolute: &#039;&#039;Their manes flowing.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*: With a verb added: &#039;&#039;Their manes were flowing.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Stephen, his mind taxed, searched frantically for a dictionary.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*: Nominative absolute: &#039;&#039;his mind taxed&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*: With a verb added: &#039;&#039;His mind was taxed.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, one can break the absolute off, add a verb and make two sentences. For example, &#039;&#039;Stephen searched frantically for a dictionary. His mind was taxed.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A prominent example of a nominative absolute is the sentence composing the [[Second Amendment to the United States Constitution]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://web.archive.org/web/20080728061355/http://www.bartleby.com/64/C001/001.html Absolute Constructions] from the &#039;&#039;American Heritage Book of English Usage&#039;&#039; (1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:English grammar]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Grammar]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Syntax]]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Grammatical_case&amp;diff=65111</id>
		<title>Grammatical case</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Grammatical_case&amp;diff=65111"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T21:14:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Created page with &amp;quot;In grammar, the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;case&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of a noun or pronoun is an inflectional form that indicates its grammatical function in a phrase, clause, or sentence. For ...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[grammar]], the &#039;&#039;&#039;case&#039;&#039;&#039; of a [[noun]] or [[pronoun]] is an [[inflection]]al form that indicates its [[grammatical function]] in a [[phrase]], [[clause]], or sentence. For example, a pronoun may play the role of [[subject (grammar)|subject]] (&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; kicked the ball&amp;quot;), of [[object (grammar)|object]] (&amp;quot;John kicked &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;), or of [[possession (linguistics)|possessor]] (&amp;quot;That ball is &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;mine&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;). Languages such as [[Ancient Greek]], [[Latin]], and [[Sanskrit]] had ways of altering or [[Inflection|inflecting]] nouns to mark roles which are not specially marked in English, such as the [[ablative case]] (&amp;quot;John kicked the ball &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;away from the house&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;) and the [[instrumental case]] (&amp;quot;John kicked the ball &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;with his foot&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;). In Ancient Greek those last three words would be rendered &#039;&#039;tōi podi&#039;&#039; (τῷ ποδί), with the noun &#039;&#039;pous&#039;&#039; (πούς, foot) changing to &#039;&#039;podi&#039;&#039; to reflect the fact that John is using his foot as an instrument (any adjective modifying &amp;quot;foot&amp;quot; would also change case to match). As a language evolves, cases can merge (for instance in Ancient Greek genitive and ablative have merged as genitive), a phenomenon formally called [[Syncretism (linguistics)|syncretism]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Clackson (2007) p.91&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually a language is said to &amp;quot;have cases&amp;quot; only if nouns change their form ([[declension|decline]]) to reflect their case in this way. Other languages perform the same function in different ways. English, for example, uses prepositions like &amp;quot;of&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with&amp;quot; in front of a noun to indicate functions which in Ancient Greek or Latin would be indicated by changing (declining) the ending of the noun itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More formally, case has been defined as &amp;quot;a system of marking dependent nouns for the type of relationship they bear to their heads.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref name=Blake&amp;gt;Blake, Barry J. &#039;&#039;Case&#039;&#039;. Cambridge University Press: 2001.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;{{rp|p.1}} Cases should be distinguished from [[thematic role]]s such as &#039;&#039;[[agent (grammar)|agent]]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[[patient (grammar)|patient]]&#039;&#039;. They are often closely related, and in languages such as Latin several thematic roles have an associated case, but cases are a [[morphology (linguistics)|morphological]] notion, while thematic roles are a [[semantics|semantic]] one. Languages having cases often exhibit [[free word order]], since thematic roles are not dependent on position in a sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Etymology==&lt;br /&gt;
In many European languages, the word for &amp;quot;case&amp;quot; is cognate to the English word, all stemming from the Latin &#039;&#039;casus&#039;&#039;, related to the verb &#039;&#039;[[:wikt:la:cado|cadere]]&#039;&#039;, &amp;quot;to fall&amp;quot;, with the sense that all other cases have fallen away from the nominative. Its [[proto-Indo-European root]] is &#039;&#039;[http://www.ieed.nl/cgi-bin/response.cgi?flags=eygtnrl&amp;amp;single=1&amp;amp;basename=/data/ie/pokorny&amp;amp;text_recno=804&amp;amp;root=leiden *k^ad-1]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the word for &amp;quot;declension&amp;quot; and its many European cognates, including its Latin source &#039;&#039;[[:wikt:la:declinatio|declinatio]]&#039;&#039; come from the root &#039;&#039;[http://www.ieed.nl/cgi-bin/response.cgi?flags=eygtnrl&amp;amp;single=1&amp;amp;basename=/data/ie/pokorny&amp;amp;text_recno=972&amp;amp;root=leiden *k^lei-]&#039;&#039;, &amp;quot;to lean&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Indo-European languages==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:E7127-Balakhna-500-Years.jpg|thumb|On this sign in Russian memorializing an anniversary of the city of [[Balakhna]], the word &#039;&#039;Balakhna&#039;&#039; on the right is in the nominative case, while the word &#039;&#039;Balakhne&#039;&#039; is in the dative case in &#039;&#039;Balakhne 500 Let&#039;&#039; (&#039;Balakhna is 500 years old&#039;) on the front of the sign. Meanwhile &#039;&#039;let&#039;&#039; is in the genitive (plural) case.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not very prominent in modern English, cases featured much more saliently in [[Old English language|Old English]] and other ancient [[Indo-European languages]], such as [[Latin]], [[Ancient Greek]], and [[Sanskrit language|Sanskrit]]. Historically, the Indo-European languages had eight morphological cases, though modern languages typically have fewer, using prepositions and word order to convey information that had previously been conveyed using distinct noun forms. Among modern languages, cases still feature prominently in most of the [[Balto-Slavic]] languages, with most having six to eight cases, as well as [[German language|German]] and [[Modern Greek]], which have four.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Among Slavic languages, Bulgarian and Macedonian are exceptions.[http://www.questia.com/library/encyclopedia/slavic_languages.jsp Slavic Languages] on quickia.com&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In German, cases are mostly marked on articles and adjectives, and less so on nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The eight historical Indo-European cases are as follows, with examples either of the English case or of the English syntactic alternative to case:&lt;br /&gt;
*The [[nominative case]] indicates the subject of a finite verb: &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;We&#039;&#039;&#039; went to the store.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*The [[accusative case]] indicates the direct object of a verb: &#039;&#039;The clerk remembered &#039;&#039;&#039;us&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*The [[dative case]] indicates the indirect object of a verb: &#039;&#039;The clerk gave &#039;&#039;&#039;us&#039;&#039;&#039; a discount.&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;The clerk gave a discount &#039;&#039;&#039;to us&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*The [[ablative case]] indicates movement &#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039; something, or &#039;&#039;cause&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;The victim went &#039;&#039;&#039;from us&#039;&#039;&#039; to see the doctor.&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;He was unhappy &#039;&#039;&#039;because of depression.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*The [[genitive case]], which roughly corresponds to English&#039;s possessive case and preposition &#039;&#039;of&#039;&#039;, indicates the possessor of another noun: &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;John&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; book was on the table.&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;The pages &#039;&#039;&#039;of the book&#039;&#039;&#039; turned yellow.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*The [[vocative case]] indicates an addressee: &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;John&#039;&#039;&#039;, are you alright?&#039;&#039; or simply &#039;&#039;Hello, &#039;&#039;&#039;John!&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*The [[locative case]] indicates a location: &#039;&#039;We live &#039;&#039;&#039;in China&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*The [[instrumental case]] indicates an object used in performing an action: &#039;&#039;We wiped the floor &#039;&#039;&#039;with a mop&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Written &#039;&#039;&#039;by hand&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the above are just rough descriptions; the precise distinctions vary from language to language, and are often quite complex. Case is based fundamentally on changes to the noun to indicate the noun&#039;s role in the sentence. This is not how English works, where word order and prepositions are used to achieve this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern [[English language|English]] has largely abandoned the inflectional case system of Indo-European in favor of [[isolating language|analytic]] constructions. The [[personal pronoun]]s of Modern English retain morphological case more strongly than any other word class (a remnant of the more extensive [[Old English declension|case system of Old English]]). For other pronouns, and all nouns, adjectives, and articles, grammatical function is indicated only by [[word order]], by [[preposition]]s, and by the [[genitive]] [[Saxon genitive|clitic &#039;&#039;-&#039;s&#039;&#039;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taken as a whole, [[English personal pronouns]] are typically said to have three morphological cases:&lt;br /&gt;
*The &#039;&#039;[[nominative case]]&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;[[subjective pronouns]]&#039;&#039; such as &#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;he&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;she&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039;), used for the subject of a [[finite verb]] and sometimes for the [[complement (linguistics)|complement]] of a [[copula (linguistics)|copula]].&lt;br /&gt;
*The &#039;&#039;[[oblique case]]&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;[[object pronoun]]s&#039;&#039; such as &#039;&#039;me&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;him&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;her&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;us&#039;&#039;), used for the direct or indirect [[object (grammar)|object]] of a verb, for the object of a preposition, for an absolute disjunct, and sometimes for the complement of a copula.&lt;br /&gt;
*The &#039;&#039;[[genitive case]]&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;[[possessive pronouns]]&#039;&#039; such as &#039;&#039;my/mine&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;his&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;her(s)&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;our(s)&#039;&#039;), used for a grammatical possessor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most English personal pronouns have five forms; in addition to the nominative and oblique case forms, the possessive case has both a &#039;&#039;[[determiner (linguistics)|determiner]]&#039;&#039; form (such as &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;our&#039;&#039;) and a distinct &#039;&#039;independent&#039;&#039; form (such as &#039;&#039;mine&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;ours&#039;&#039;) (with the exceptions that these are not distinct for the third person singular masculine [&#039;&#039;his car&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;it is his&#039;&#039;] and that the third person singular neuter &#039;&#039;it&#039;&#039; does not have the possessive independent form); and they have a distinct &#039;&#039;[[reflexive pronoun|reflexive]]&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;intensive&#039;&#039; form (such as &#039;&#039;myself&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;ourselves&#039;&#039;). The interrogative personal pronoun &#039;&#039;who&#039;&#039; exhibits the greatest diversity of forms within the modern English pronoun system having definite nominative, oblique, and genitive forms (&#039;&#039;who&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;whom&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;whose&#039;&#039;) and equivalently coordinating indefinite forms (&#039;&#039;whoever&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;whomever&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;whosever&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though English &#039;&#039;pronouns&#039;&#039; can have subject and object forms (he/him, she/her), &#039;&#039;nouns&#039;&#039; show only a singular/plural and a possessive/non-possessive distinction (e.g., &#039;&#039;chair&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;chairs&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;chair&#039;s&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;chairs&amp;amp;#39;&#039;&#039;). Note that &#039;&#039;chair&#039;&#039; does not change form between &amp;quot;the chair is here&amp;quot; (subject) and &amp;quot;I saw the chair&amp;quot; (direct object), a distinction made by word order and context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hierarchy of cases==&lt;br /&gt;
Cases can be ranked in the following hierarchy, in which languages tend not to have any case to the right of one they do not have:&amp;lt;ref name=Blake/&amp;gt;{{rp|p.89}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nominative &amp;gt; accusative or ergative &amp;gt; genitive &amp;gt; dative &amp;gt; locative &amp;gt; ablative &amp;gt; instrumental &amp;gt; prepositional &amp;gt; others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case concord systems==&lt;br /&gt;
In the most common&amp;lt;ref name=Blake/&amp;gt; case concord system, only the final word (the noun) in a phrase is marked for case. This system appears in [[Turkic languages]], [[Mongolian language|Mongolian]], [[Quechua language|Quechua]], [[Dravidian languages]], many [[Papuan languages]], [[Indo-Aryan languages]], and others.  In [[Basque language|Basque]] and various [[Amazonian languages|Amazonian]] and [[Australian languages]], only the phrase-final word (not necessarily the noun) is marked for case. In [[Hungarian language|Hungarian]] and many [[Indo-European language|Indo-European]], [[Balto-Finnic languages|Balto-Finnic]], and [[Semitic languages]], case is marked on the noun, the determiner, and usually the adjective. Other systems are less common. In some languages, there is double-marking of a word as both genitive (to indicate semantic role) and another case such as accusative (to establish concord with the head noun).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Declension paradigms==&lt;br /&gt;
Languages with rich nominal inflection typically have a number of identifiable declension classes, or groups of nouns with a similar pattern of case inflection. While Sanskrit has six classes, Latin is traditionally said to have [[Latin declension|five declension classes]], and Ancient Greek [[Greek declension|three declension classes]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Beetham&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Frank Beetham, &#039;&#039;Learning Greek with Plato&#039;&#039;, Bristol Phoenix Press, 2007.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Indo-European languages, declension patterns may depend on a variety of factors, such as [[grammatical gender|gender]], [[grammatical number|number]], phonological environment, and irregular historical factors. Pronouns sometimes have separate paradigms. In some languages, particularly [[Slavic languages]], a case may contain different groups of endings depending on whether the word is a [[noun]] or an [[adjective]]. A single case may contain many different endings, some of which may even be derived from different roots. For example, in Polish, the genitive case has &#039;&#039;-a, -u, -ów, -i/-y, -e-&#039;&#039; for nouns, and &#039;&#039;-ego, -ej, -ich/-ych&#039;&#039; for adjectives. To a lesser extent, a noun&#039;s [[Grammatical_gender#Other_types_of_gender_classifications|animacy or humanness]] may add another layer of complication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
===Latin===&lt;br /&gt;
An example of a Latin case inflection is given below, using the singular forms of the Latin term for &amp;quot;sailor,&amp;quot; which belongs to [[wikt:Appendix:Latin first declension|Latin&#039;s first declension class]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;naut&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ([[nominative case|nominative]]) &amp;quot;[the] sailor&amp;quot; [as a subject] (e.g. &#039;&#039;nauta ibi stat&#039;&#039; the sailor is standing there)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;naut&#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ([[genitive case|genitive]]) &amp;quot;the sailor&#039;s / of [the] sailor&amp;quot; (e.g. &#039;&#039;nomen nautae Claudius est&#039;&#039; the sailor&#039;s name is Claudius)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;naut&#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ([[dative case|dative]]) &amp;quot;to/for [the] sailor&amp;quot; [as an indirect object] (e.g. &#039;&#039;nautae donum dedi&#039;&#039; I gave a present to the sailor)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;naut&#039;&#039;&#039;am&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ([[accusative case|accusative]]) &amp;quot;[the] sailor&amp;quot; [as a direct object] (e.g.&#039;&#039;nautam vidi&#039;&#039; I saw the sailor)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;naut&#039;&#039;&#039;ā&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ([[ablative case|ablative]]) &amp;quot;by/with/from/in [the] sailor&amp;quot; [in various uses not covered by the above] (e.g. &#039;&#039;sum altior nautā&#039;&#039; I am taller than the sailor).&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;naut&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; ([[vocative case|vocative]]) &amp;quot;calling to/ addressing the sailor&amp;quot; (e.g. &amp;quot;gratias tibi ago, nauta&amp;quot; I thank you, sailor).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sanskrit===&lt;br /&gt;
Grammatical case was analyzed extensively in [[Sanskrit]]. The grammarian [[Pāṇini]] identified six semantic [[thematic role|role]]s or &#039;&#039;karaka&#039;&#039;, which are related to the seven Sanskrit cases ([[nominative case|nominative]], [[accusative case|accusative]], [[instrumental case|instrumental]], [[dative case|dative]], [[ablative case|ablative]], [[genitive case|genitive]], and [[locative case|locative]]),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Amba Kulkarni and Peter Scharf (eds), &#039;&#039;[http://books.google.com.au/books?id=t2f1hneiV08C&amp;amp;pg=PA68 Sanskrit Computational Linguistics: First and Second International Symposia Rocquencourt, France, October 29-31, 2007 and Providence, RI, USA, May 15-17, 2008, Revised Selected Papers]&#039;&#039;, Volume 5402 of Lecture notes in artificial intelligence, Springer, 2009, ISBN 3642001548, pp. 64–68.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; but not in a one-to-one way.  The six &#039;&#039;karaka&#039;&#039; are:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Pieter Cornelis Verhagen, &#039;&#039;[http://books.google.com.au/books?id=5vmaX_JQzc4C&amp;amp;pg=PA281 Handbook of oriental studies: India. A history of Sanskrit grammatical literature in Tibet, Volume 2]&#039;&#039;, BRILL, 2001, ISBN 9004118829, p. 281.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Agent (&#039;&#039;kartri&#039;&#039;, related to the nominative)&lt;br /&gt;
*Patient (&#039;&#039;karman&#039;&#039;, related to the accusative)&lt;br /&gt;
*Means (&#039;&#039;karaṇa&#039;&#039;, related to the instrumental)&lt;br /&gt;
*Recipient (&#039;&#039;sampradāna&#039;&#039;, related to the dative)&lt;br /&gt;
*Source (&#039;&#039;apādāna&#039;&#039;, related to the ablative)&lt;br /&gt;
*Locus (&#039;&#039;adhikaraṇa&#039;&#039;, related to the locative)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, consider the following sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;white-space: nowrap; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;vṛkṣ-āt&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;parṇ-am&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;bhūm-au&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;patati&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;from&#039;&#039;&#039; the tree || a leaf || &#039;&#039;&#039;to&#039;&#039;&#039; the ground || falls&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; | &amp;quot;a leaf falls from the tree to the ground&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here &#039;&#039;leaf&#039;&#039; is the agent, &#039;&#039;tree&#039;&#039; is the source, and &#039;&#039;ground&#039;&#039; is the locus, the corresponding [[declension]]s are reflected in the morphemes &#039;&#039;-am&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;-at&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;-au&#039;&#039; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tamil===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Tamil language|Tamil]] case system is analyzed in native and missionary grammars as consisting of a finite number of cases.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://ccat.sas.upenn.edu/~haroldfs/public/h_sch_9a.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.jstor.org/pss/600654&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The usual treatment of Tamil case (Arden 1942)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Arden, A. H. 1942, repr. 1969. &#039;&#039;A Progressive Grammar of the Tamil Language&#039;&#039;. Madras: Christian Literature Society.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is one where there are seven cases—the nominative (first case), accusative (second case), instrumental (third), dative (fourth), ablative (fifth), genitive (sixth), and locative (seventh).  In traditional analyses there is always a clear distinction made between postpositional morphemes and case endings. The vocative is sometimes given a place in the case system as an eighth case, although vocative forms do not participate in usual morphophonemic alternations, nor do they govern the use of any postpositions. Modern grammarians however argue that this eight-case classification is artificial,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.jstor.org/stable/600654?origin=crossref&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and that Tamil usage is best understood if each suffix or combination of suffixes is seen as marking a separate case.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://dx.doi.org/10.1017%2FS0047404598003030&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Tamil !! English !! Significance !! Usual Suffixes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| First case || [[nominative case|Nominative]] || Subject of sentence || [Zero]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Second case || [[Accusative case|Accusative]] || Object of action || -ai&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Third case || [[Instrumental case|Instrumental]], Social || Means by which action is done (Instrumental), Association, or means by which action is done (Social) || -al, -out&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fourth case || [[Dative case|Dative]] || Object to whom action is performed, Object for whom action is performed || (u)kku,(u)kkàka&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Fifth case || [[Ablative case|Ablative]] of motion from || Motion from an animate/inanimate object || -il, -ininru, -iliruntu, -iruntu, -itattiliruntu&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Sixth case || [[Genitive case|Genitive]] || Possessive || [Zero], -in, -utaiya, -inutaiya&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Seventh case || [[Locative case|Locative]] || Place in which, On the person of (animate) in the presence of || -il,itam&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Eighth case || [[Vocative case|Vocative]] || Addressing, calling ||e, a&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Evolution==&lt;br /&gt;
As languages evolve, case systems change. In [[Ancient Greek]], for example, the genitive and ablative cases became combined, giving five cases, rather than the six retained in Latin. In modern [[Hindi]], the Sanskrit cases have been reduced to two: a direct case (for subjects and direct objects) and an [[oblique case]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. S. McGregor, &#039;&#039;Outline of Hindi Grammar&#039;&#039;, Oxford University Press, 1972.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In English, apart from the pronouns discussed above, case has vanished altogether except for the possessive/non-possessive dichotomy in nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The evolution of the treatment of case relationships can be circular.&amp;lt;ref name=Blake/&amp;gt;{{rp|pp.167-174}} [[Adposition]]s can become unstressed and sound like they are an unstressed syllable of a neighboring word. A postposition can thus merge into the stem of a head noun, developing various forms depending on the phonological shape of the stem. Affixes can then be subject to various phonological processes such as [[Assimilation (linguistics)|assimilation]], vowel centering to the [[schwa]], phoneme loss, and [[Fusion (linguistics)|fusion]], and these processes can reduce or even eliminate the distinctions between cases. Languages can then compensate for the resulting loss of function by creating adpositions, thus coming full circle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Linguistic typology==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Morphosyntactic alignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Languages are categorized into several case systems, based on their &#039;&#039;morphosyntactic alignment&#039;&#039; — how they group verb [[agent (linguistics)|agents]] and [[patient (linguistics)|patients]] into cases:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;[[nominative–accusative language|Nominative–accusative]]&#039;&#039; (or simply &#039;&#039;accusative&#039;&#039;): The argument (subject) of an intransitive verb is in the same case as the agent (subject) of a transitive verb; this case is then called the &#039;&#039;[[nominative case]]&#039;&#039;, with the patient (direct object) of a transitive verb being in the &#039;&#039;[[accusative case]]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;[[ergative–absolutive language|Ergative–absolutive]]&#039;&#039; (or simply &#039;&#039;ergative&#039;&#039;): The argument (subject) of an intransitive verb is in the same case as the patient (direct object) of a transitive verb; this case is then called the &#039;&#039;[[absolutive case]]&#039;&#039;, with the agent (subject) of a transitive verb being in the &#039;&#039;[[ergative case]]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;[[ergative–accusative language|Ergative–accusative]]&#039;&#039; (or &#039;&#039;tripartite&#039;&#039;): The argument (subject) of an intransitive verb is in its own case (the &#039;&#039;[[intransitive case]]&#039;&#039;), separate from that of the agent (subject) or patient (direct object) of a transitive verb (which is in the ergative case or accusative case, respectively).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;[[active–stative language|Active–stative]]&#039;&#039; (or simply &#039;&#039;active&#039;&#039;): The argument (subject) of an intransitive verb can be in one of two cases; if the argument is an &#039;&#039;agent&#039;&#039;, as in &amp;quot;He ate,&amp;quot; then it is in the same case as the agent (subject) of a transitive verb (sometimes called the &#039;&#039;agentive case&#039;&#039;), and if it&#039;s a &#039;&#039;patient&#039;&#039;, as in &amp;quot;He tripped,&amp;quot; then it is in the same case as the patient (direct object) of a transitive verb (sometimes called the &#039;&#039;patientive case&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;[[trigger language|Trigger]]&#039;&#039;: One noun in a sentence is the topic or focus. This noun is in the [[trigger case]], and information elsewhere in the sentence (for example a [[verb]] [[affix]] in [[Tagalog language|Tagalog]]) specifies the role of the trigger.  The trigger may be identified as the agent, patient, etc.  Other nouns may be inflected for case, but the inflections are overloaded; for example, in Tagalog, the subject and object of a verb are both expressed in the [[genitive case]] when they are not in the trigger case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are systems that some languages use to mark case instead of, or in addition to, declension:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Positional&#039;&#039;: Nouns are not inflected for case; the position of a noun in the sentence expresses its case.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Adposition]]al: Nouns are accompanied by words that mark case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some languages have very many cases; for example, a [[Northeast Caucasian languages|Northeast Caucasian language]], [[Tsez language|Tsez]] can be analyzed as having 128 - 64 for singular and 64 for plural, with a few exceptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a few exceptions, most languages in the [[Finno-Ugric languages|Finno-Ugric]] group make extensive use of cases. [[Finnish language|Finnish]] has 15 cases according to the traditional understanding (or up to 30 depending on the interpretation).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://users.jyu.fi/~pamakine/kieli/suomi/sijat/sijatadverbien.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, only 10 are commonly used in speech (see [[Finnish noun cases]]). [[Estonian language|Estonian]] has 14 and [[Hungarian language|Hungarian]] has 18.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Quijada&#039;s [[constructed language]] [[Ithkuil]] has 81 noun cases, and its descendent [[Ilaksh]] has a total of 96 noun cases.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.ithkuil.net/ilaksh/Ilaksh_Intro.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.ithkuil.net/ilaksh/Chapter_4.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[lemma (morphology)|lemma]] form of words, which is the form chosen by convention as the canonical form of a word, is usually the most [[markedness|unmarked]] or basic case, which is typically the nominative, trigger, or absolutive case, whichever a language may have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Agreement (linguistics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Case hierarchy]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Declension]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Differential object marking]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Inflection]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[List of grammatical cases]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Thematic relation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Voice (grammar)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Phi features]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[James Clackson]] (2007) [http://books.google.com/books?id=DJDjNp6wODoC&amp;amp;pg=PA90 &#039;&#039;Indo-European linguistics: an introduction&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Grammatical Case}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--Categories--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Grammatical cases| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Grammatical_tense&amp;diff=65110</id>
		<title>Grammatical tense</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Grammatical_tense&amp;diff=65110"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T21:11:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Created page with &amp;quot;A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;tense&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a grammatical category that locates a situation in time, to indicate when the situation takes place.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fabricius-Hansen, &amp;quot;Tense&amp;quot;, in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Encycl...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;A &#039;&#039;&#039;tense&#039;&#039;&#039; is a [[grammar|grammatical]] category that locates a situation in time, to indicate when the situation takes place.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fabricius-Hansen, &amp;quot;Tense&amp;quot;, in the &#039;&#039;[[Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics]]&#039;&#039;, 2nd ed., 2006&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref group=note&amp;gt;Bernard Comrie, &#039;&#039;Aspect,&#039;&#039; 1976:6:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;the semantic concept of time reference (absolute or relative), ... may be grammaticalised in a language, i.e. a language may have a grammatical category that expresses time reference, in which case we say that the language has tenses. Many languages lack tense, i.e. do not have grammatical time reference, though probably all languages can lexicalise time reference, i.e. have temporal adverbials that locate situations in time&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The tenses are [[past tense|past]], [[present tense|present]], and [[future tense|future]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tense can also make finer distinctions than simple past-present-future; past tenses for example can cover general past, immediate past, or distant past, with the only difference between them being the distance on the timeline between the temporal reference points. Such distinctions are not precise: an event may be described in the remote past because it feels remote to the speaker, not because a set number of days have passed since it happened; it may also be remote because it is being contrasted with another, more recent, past event. This is similar to other forms of [[deixis]] such as &#039;&#039;this&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;that&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[absolute tense]], as in English, tense indicates when the [[time of assertion]], [[time of completion]], or [[time of evaluation]] occurs relative to the utterance itself ([[time of utterance]]). In relative tense, on the other hand, tense is relative to some given event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of tenses in a language may be disputed, because the term tense is often used to represent any combination of tense proper, [[grammatical aspect|aspect]], and [[grammatical mood|mood]]. In many texts the term &amp;quot;tense&amp;quot; may erroneously indicate qualities of uncertainty, frequency, completion, duration, possibility, or whether information derives from experience or hearsay ([[evidentiality]]). Tense differs from aspect, which encodes &#039;&#039;how&#039;&#039; a situation or action occurs in time rather than &#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039;. In many languages, there are grammatical forms which express several of these meanings (see [[tense–aspect–mood]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In languages which have tenses, they are normally usually indicated by a [[verb]] or [[modal verb]]. Some languages only have grammatical expression of time through aspect; others have neither tense nor aspect. Some East Asian [[isolating language]]s such as [[Chinese language|Chinese]] express time with temporal adverbs, but these are not required, and the verbs are not inflected for tense. In Slavic languages such as [[Russian language|Russian]] a verb may be inflected for both tense and aspect together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Etymology==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Tense&#039;&#039; comes from Old French &#039;&#039;tens&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;time&amp;quot;, from [[Latin]] {{lang|la|&#039;&#039;tempus&#039;&#039;}} &amp;quot;time&amp;quot;,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{L&amp;amp;S|tempus|ref}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; a translation of [[Greek language|Greek]] {{lang|el|&#039;&#039;chrónos&#039;&#039;}} &amp;quot;time&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{LSJ|xro/nos|χρόνος|ref}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{OED|tense}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &amp;quot;Tense&amp;quot; as an adjective is unrelated, since it comes from the [[Latin conjugation#Participles|perfect passive participle]] of the [[Latin]] verb &#039;&#039;tendere&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;stretch&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{OEtymD|tense}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
===Latin and Ancient Greek===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word &amp;quot;tense&amp;quot; is used in the grammar of [[Latin]] and [[Ancient Greek]] as a morphological category of verbs. Latin is said to have six tenses:&lt;br /&gt;
* Present&lt;br /&gt;
* Imperfect&lt;br /&gt;
* Future&lt;br /&gt;
* Perfect&lt;br /&gt;
* Pluperfect&lt;br /&gt;
* Future perfect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ancient_Greek_verbs#Tenses|The tenses of Ancient Greek]] are similar, with an additional tense called the [[Aorist tense|aorist]]. Though aorist is &amp;quot;Past&amp;quot; tense, but its main thrust is in its aspect: undefined. Other Greek tenses have an aspect related to continuity. Hence aorist has its special function as the only tense that can point to &amp;quot;point-like&amp;quot; events or non-continuity. Sometimes it is used to denote some actions which is in present tense as of English. The study of modern languages like English has been [[History_of_English_grammars|greatly influenced]] by the grammar of these languages, and their terminology is sometimes used to describe modern languages. This leads to sentences like &amp;quot;He had walked&amp;quot; in English being labelled as &amp;quot;pluperfect&amp;quot;. Another example is that six [[German_verbs#Tenses|tenses in German]] have been identified which correspond to the six Latin tenses above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Seealso|English verbs#Overview of syntactic constructions}}&lt;br /&gt;
English has two true tenses, [[past tense|past]] and [[present tense|present]] (sometimes analysed as non-past). These are distinguished by the inflection of the verb, by either [[ablaut]] or a [[suffix]] &#039;&#039;-ed&#039;&#039; (walks ~ walked, sings ~ sang). The future is expressed with a [[modal verb|modal]] construction, which is not a true tense,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://itre.cis.upenn.edu/~myl/languagelog/archives/005471.html |title=The Lord Which Was and Is |first=Geoffrey |last=Pullum |authorlink=Geoffrey Pullum |date=18 March 2008 |work=Language Log |accessdate=8 November 2010}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and does not always appear (it is optional in subordinate constructions such as &#039;&#039;I hope you (will) go tomorrow&#039;&#039;, and is prohibited with other modals as in &#039;&#039;I can go tomorrow&#039;&#039;, but past tense cannot be similarly omitted: &#039;&#039;*I hope you go yesterday&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;*I can go yesterday&#039;&#039;). English also has so-called &amp;quot;compound tenses&amp;quot;, such as the [[past perfect]] and [[present progressive]], which use modals to combine tense with other grammatical categories such as aspect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Tense, aspect, and modals in English&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2 | Tense !! rowspan=2 | Modal !! colspan=2 | Aspect&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Perfect !! Progressive&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -Ø (nonpast) &amp;lt;BR&amp;gt; -ed (past)&lt;br /&gt;
| Ø (none) &amp;lt;BR&amp;gt; will (future)&lt;br /&gt;
| Ø (none) &amp;lt;BR&amp;gt; have -en (perfect)&lt;br /&gt;
| Ø (none) &amp;lt;BR&amp;gt; be -ing (progressive)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;go, goes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;went&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;will go&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;have gone&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;be going&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional grammars often considered &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; to be a future marker and described English as having two non-inflected tenses, a future marked by &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; and a future-in-past marked by &#039;&#039;would&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other languages===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Indo-European languages]] inflect verbs for a variety of tenses, aspects, and moods, as well as combining them with [[auxiliary verb|verbal auxiliaries]], the most common of which are &amp;quot;be&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;have&amp;quot;, and modal auxiliaries such as English &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039;, Danish &#039;&#039;vil&#039;&#039; . Romance and Germanic languages often add &amp;quot;hold&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stand&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;go&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;come&amp;quot; as auxiliary verbs.  For example, Spanish and Portuguese use &#039;&#039;estar&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;) with the present gerund to indicate the present continuous aspect.  Portuguese uses &#039;&#039;ter&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;to have&amp;quot;) with the past participle for the [[perfect (grammar)|perfect]].  Swedish uses &#039;&#039;kommer att&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;come to&amp;quot;) for the simple future. Portuguese/Spanish &#039;&#039;ir&#039;&#039; and French &#039;&#039;aller&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;to go&amp;quot;) have the same sense of simple future. These [[compound verb]] constructions are often known as &amp;quot;complex tenses&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;compound tenses&amp;quot;, despite involving more than tense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of tense and aspect in some [[Indo-European languages|Indo-European]] and [[Uralic languages|Uralic]] verbs for &amp;quot;to go&amp;quot; are shown in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&#039;&#039;&#039;Tense/aspect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Germanic languages|Germanic]]: [[English language|English]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Germanic languages|Germanic]]: [[German language|German]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;gehen&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Germanic languages|Germanic]]: [[Dutch language|Dutch]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;gaan&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Germanic languages|Germanic]]: [[Danish language|Danish]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;at gå&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Germanic languages|Germanic]]: [[Swedish language|Swedish]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;att gå(walk)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Celtic languages|Celtic]]: [[Irish language|Irish]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;téigh&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Romance languages|Romance]]: [[Italian language|Italian]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;andare&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Romance languages|Romance]]: [[Portuguese language|Portuguese]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ir&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Slavic languages|Slavic]]: [[Bulgarian language|Bulgarian]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;отивам/отида&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Slavic languages|Slavic]]: [[Macedonian language|Macedonian]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;оди&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Uralic languages|Uralic]]: [[Finnish language|Finnish]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;mennä&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Uralic languages|Uralic]]: [[Hungarian language|Hungarian]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;menni&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Indo-European languages|Indo-European]]: [[Latin language|Latin]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ire/vadere&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Romance languages|Romance]]: [[French language|French]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;aller&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
![[Turkic languages|Turkic]]: [[Turkish language|Turkish]]:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;gitmek&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Non-durational (simple) Aspects in [[Present tense|Present]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ich gehe.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik ga.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jeg går.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jag går.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Téim.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Io) vado.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Eu) vou.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Аз) отивам.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;(Аз да) отида.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Јас одам&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Minä) menen.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Én) megyek.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Ego) eo/vado.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Je vais.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Giderim.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=100%|In most languages this is used for most present indicative uses. In English, it is used mainly to express habit or ability (&#039;&#039;I play the guitar&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Non-durational (simple) Aspects in [[Past tense|Past]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I went.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ich ging.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik ging.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jeg gik.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jag gick.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Chuaigh mé.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Io) andai.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Eu) fui.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Аз) отидох.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;(Аз) отивах.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Јас отидов.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Minä) menin.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Én) mentem.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;J&#039;allais/je suis allé&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Gittim.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=100%| Implies that the action took place in the past and that it is &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; taking place now.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Non-durational (simple) Aspects in [[Future tense|Future]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I will go.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ich werde gehen.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik zal gaan.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jeg vil gå.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jag ska gå.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Rachaidh mé.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Io) andrò.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Eu) irei.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Аз) ще отида.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;(Аз) ще отивам.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Јас ќе одам.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Minä) tulen menemään.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Én) menni fogok.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Ego) ibo/vadam.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;J&#039;irai&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Gideceğim.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=100%|Can express intention, prediction, and other senses.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Durational (progressive/continuous) Aspects in [[Present tense|Present]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I am going.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ich bin am gehen.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik ben aan het gaan.&#039;&#039; / &#039;&#039;Ik ben gaande.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039; Jeg er gående.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;Jag är gående&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Tá mé ag dul.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Io) sto andando.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Eu) estou indo.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Аз) отивам.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Minä) olen menossa.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Ego) eo/vado.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;((Ego) iens/vadens sum.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Je suis en train d&#039;aller.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Gidiyorum.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=15|This form is prevalent in English to express current action.  Durational aspects are most common in languages in which the [[Aktionsart]] of the verb is not a heavily governing factor in determining grammatical structure. Durational aspects use a structural form of the utterance to override the otherwise non-durational Aktionsart of content verbs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Durational (progressive/continuous) Aspects in [[Past tense|Past]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I was going.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ich war am gehen.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik was aan het gaan.&#039;&#039; / &#039;&#039;Ik was gaande.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jeg var gående.&#039;&#039; / &#039;&#039;Jeg skulle til at gå&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jag var på väg att gå&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Bhí mé ag dul.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Io) stavo andando.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Eu) estava indo/ia.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Аз) отивах.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Minä) olin menossa.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Én) megyek vala.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;6&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Ego) ibam/vadebam.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;((Ego) fui iens/vadens sum)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Gidiyordum.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Durational (progressive/continuous) Aspects in [[Future tense|Future]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I will be going.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ich werde am gehen sein.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik zal aan het gaan zijn.&#039;&#039; / &#039;&#039;Ik zal gaande zijn.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jeg skal til at gå.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Beidh me ag dul.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Eu) estarei indo.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Аз) щях да отида&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Gidiyor olacağım.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Perfected Non-durational (simple) Aspects in [[Present tense|Present]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I have gone.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ich bin gegangen.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik ben gegaan.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jeg har gået.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jag har gått.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Tá me i ndiaidh dul.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Io) sono andato.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Eu) fui/tenho ido.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Аз съм отишъл.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Аз съм отивал.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Јас имам отидено.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Minä) olen mennyt.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Ego) ii/vasi.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Je suis allé.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=15|Refers to a verb that is completed as of the present (as of the [[Time of Utterance]]).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Perfected Non-durational (simple) Aspects in [[Pluperfect|Past]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I had gone.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ich war gegangen.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik was gegaan.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jeg havde gået.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jag hade gått.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Bhí mé i ndiaidh dul.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Io) ero andato / (Io) fui andato.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Eu) fora/havia (tinha) ido.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Аз) бях отишъл.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;(Аз) бях отивал.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Јас имав отидено&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Minä) olin mennyt.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Én) mentem volt.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;6&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Ego) ieram/vaseram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;J&#039;étais allé.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Gitmiştim&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=15|Refers to a verb that is completed as of a time in the past (before the [[Time of Utterance]]).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Perfected Non-durational (simple) Aspects in [[Future tense|Future]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I shall have gone.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ich werde gegangen sein.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik zal gegaan zijn.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jeg vil have gået.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Jag kommer att ha gått.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Beidh mé i ndiaidh dul.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Io) sarò andato.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Eu) terei ido.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Аз) ще съм отишъл.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;(Аз) ще съм отивал.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Јас ќе имам отидено.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Minä) olen tullut menemään&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Ego) iero/vasero.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Je serai allé.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Gitmiş olacağım.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=15|Refers to a verb that is completed as of a time in the future (after the [[Time of Utterance]]).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Perfected Durational (progressive/continuous) Aspects in [[Present tense|Present]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I have been going.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ich bin am gehen gewesen.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik ben aan het gaan geweest.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Eu) estive indo.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=15|Expresses the completed duration of an event or habit started at some time prior to the [[Time of Utterance|T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;UTT&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]] and continues up to the [[Time of Completion|T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;COM&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]] which coincides with T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;UTT&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and may continue beyond that T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;COM&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but whose duration is only measurable up to T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;COM&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Perfected Durational (progressive/continuous) Aspects in [[Past tense|Past]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I had been going.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ich war am gehen gewesen.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik was aan het gaan geweest.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Eu) estivera indo/tinha estado indo.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=15|Expresses the completed duration of an event or habit started at some time prior to the [[Time of Utterance]] and continues up to the [[Time of Completion|T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;COM&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]] which is also prior to T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;UTT&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and which may continue beyond that T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;COM&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but whose duration is only measurable up to T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;COM&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=left | Perfected Durational (progressive/continuous) Aspects in [[Future tense|Future]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;I shall have been going.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Ik zal aan het gaan geweest zijn.&#039;&#039; / &#039;&#039;Ik zal gaande geweest zijn.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Eu terei estado indo&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;(Аз) щях да съм отишъл.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=15|Expresses the completed duration of an event or habit started at some time before, after, or concurrent with the [[Time of Utterance]] and continues up to the [[Time of Completion|T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;COM&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]] which is after T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;UTT&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and which may continue beyond that T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;COM&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but whose duration is only measurable up to T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;COM&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Oтивам and отида are two different verbs meaning &amp;quot;to go&amp;quot;, which do not differ semantically, but grammatically. Their [[Grammatical aspect|aspect]] is different, the first one is an [[Bulgarian verbs#Aspect|incompletive]] verb and the second one is a [[Bulgarian verbs#Aspect|completive]] verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This only works with adverbs, as in &amp;quot;I was going when someone suddenly stopped me&amp;quot;; not just &amp;quot;I was going to their house&amp;quot;. Otherwise, the corresponding simple tense is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This is not a true future tense, but a [[going-to future]], as its exact meaning is &#039;&#039;I am going to go&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The use of the verb &#039;&#039;tulla&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;to come&amp;quot; to express a future tense is a [[sveticism]] and is recommended against by the [[Research Institute for the Languages of Finland|language regulator]]. Official Finnish has no future tense, and even the use of this &#039;&#039;tulen&#039;&#039;-construction is uncommon in unofficial contexts. Thus, the present tense is used. However, a [[Telicity|telic]] object may implicitly communicate the time, which has no direct equivalent in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Used only in colloquial language in the Rhineland area.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;6&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Used only sporadically or in archaic Hungarian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tenses are broadly classified as [[present tense|present]], [[past tense|past]], or [[future tense|future]]. In [[absolute tense|absolute-tense]] systems, these indicate the temporal distance from the [[TUTT (linguistics)|time of utterance]]. In [[relative tense|relative-tense]] systems, they indicate temporal distance from a point of time established in the discourse. There are also &#039;&#039;absolute-relative tenses&#039;&#039;, which are two degrees removed from the temporal reference point, such as &#039;&#039;future-in-future&#039;&#039; (at some time in the future, event will still be in the future) and &#039;&#039;future-in-past&#039;&#039; (at some time in the past, event was in the future).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many languages do not [[Grammaticalisation|grammaticalize]] all three categories. For instance, English has past and [[nonpast tense|non-past]] (&amp;quot;present&amp;quot;); other languages may have future and [[nonfuture tense|non-future]]. In some languages, there is not a single past or future tense, but finer divisions of time, such as proximal vs. distant future, experienced vs. ancestral past, or past and present today vs. before and after today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some attested tenses:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Future tense]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
**Immediate future: right now&lt;br /&gt;
**Near future: soon&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Hodiernal tense|Hodiernal future]]: later today&lt;br /&gt;
**Vespertine future: this evening&lt;br /&gt;
**Post-hodiernal: after today&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Crastinal tense|Crastinal]]: tomorrow&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote future, distant future&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Posterior tense]] (relative future tense)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Nonfuture tense]]: refers to either the present or the past, but does not clearly specify which. Contrasts with future.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Present tense]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Still tense: indicates a situation held to be the case, at or immediately before the utterance&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Nonpast tense]]: refers to either the present or the future, but does not clearly specify which. Contrasts with past.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Past tense]]s. Some languages have different past tenses to indicate how far into the past we are talking about.&lt;br /&gt;
**Immediate past: very recent past, just now&lt;br /&gt;
**Recent past: in the last few days/weeks/months (conception varies)&lt;br /&gt;
***Nonrecent past: contrasts with recent past&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Hodiernal tense|Hodiernal past]]: earlier today&lt;br /&gt;
**Matutinal past: this morning&lt;br /&gt;
**Prehodiernal: before today&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Hesternal tense|Hesternal]]: yesterday or early, but not remote&lt;br /&gt;
**Prehesternal: before yesterday&lt;br /&gt;
**Remote past: more than a few days/weeks/months ago (conception varies)&lt;br /&gt;
***Nonremote past: contrasts with remote past&lt;br /&gt;
**Ancestral past, legendary past&lt;br /&gt;
**General past: the entire past conceived as a whole&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Anterior tense]] (relative past tense)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Sequence of tenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grammatical conjugation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grammatical mood]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grammatical aspect]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Nominal TAM]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Tense–aspect–mood]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references group=note/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bibliography==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bybee, Joan L., Revere Perkins, and William Pagliuca (1994) &#039;&#039;The Evolution of Grammar: Tense, Aspect, and Modality in the Languages of the World&#039;&#039;. University of Chicago Press.&lt;br /&gt;
* Comrie, Bernard (1985) &#039;&#039;Tense&#039;&#039;. Cambridge University Press. [ISBN 0-521-28138-5]&lt;br /&gt;
* Guillaume, Gustave (1929) &#039;&#039;Temps et verbe&#039;&#039;. Paris: Champion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hopper, Paul J., ed. (1982) &#039;&#039;Tense–Aspect: Between Semantics and Pragmatics&#039;&#039;. Amsterdam: Benjamins.&lt;br /&gt;
*Smith, Carlota (1997).  The Parameter of Aspect.  Dordrecht: Kluwer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tedeschi, Philip, and Anne Zaenen, eds. (1981) &#039;&#039;Tense and Aspect&#039;&#039;. (Syntax and Semantics 14). New York: Academic Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://calleteach.wordpress.com/2010/02/03/tense/ Tense Explained (with diagrams)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.EnglishTensesWithCartoons.com English Aspectual forms in Various Tenses]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.bcbsr.com/greek/gtense.html Combinations of Tense, Aspect, and Mood in Greek]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.english-tenses.com English Grammar Overview - Tenses with Exercises]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Grammatical tenses}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Grammatical tenses| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:English grammar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65109</id>
		<title>Genitive absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65109"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T21:04:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[Ancient Greek grammar]], the &#039;&#039;&#039;genitive absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; (Latin: &#039;&#039;&#039;genitivus absolutus&#039;&#039;&#039;) is a [[grammatical construction]] consisting of a [[participle]] and often a [[noun]] which are both in the [[genitive case]], very similar to the [[Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in [[Latin]]. A genitive [[absolute construction]] serves as a dependent [[clause]], usually at the beginning of a sentence, in which the genitive noun is subject of the dependent clause and the participle takes on the role of predicate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &#039;&#039;absolute&#039;&#039; comes from the Latin &#039;&#039;absolutus&#039;&#039;, literally meaning &#039;&#039;made loose&#039;&#039;. This comes from the general truth that the genitive absolute does not refer to anything in the independent clause; although this is often true, there are many exceptions, notably in the [[New Testament]] and in [[Koine Greek|Koine]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Fuller | first = Lois K.|title = The &amp;quot;Genitive Absolute&amp;quot; in New Testament/Hellenistic Greek: A Proposal for Clearer Understanding|journal=Journal of Greco-Roman Christianity and Judaism|volume=3|pages=142–167|year=2006|url = http://divinity.mcmaster.ca/pages/jgrchj/volume3/JGRChJ3-7_Fuller.pdf | accessdate = 2006-12-09}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conjunctions in different tenses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three participle [[Grammatical tense|tenses]] are used in forming a genitive absolute. This results in different meanings of text and different translations, because of different relations in time between the independent and the dependent clause. &#039;&#039;Present participles&#039;&#039; are used when the information in the dependent clause happens &amp;quot;during&amp;quot; the independent clause, and are therefore translated as such. Either such a translated genitive absolute begins with, for example, &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, or a present participle is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Aorist participles&#039;&#039; are used when the dependent clause takes place before the independent clause. This means that instead of &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039; are the conjunctions in translations, or a perfect participle is applied and not a present one. &#039;&#039;Future participles&#039;&#039;, which are less common than their present and aorist counterparts, give information about what &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;might&#039;&#039; be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from translations with these conjunctions, others are also frequently used while translating a genitive absolute, such as &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;however&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;although&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Absolute constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolute constructions occur with other [[grammatical case]]s in [[Indo-European languages]], such as [[accusative absolute]], [[Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in Latin, dative absolute in [[Gothic language|Gothic]] and [[Old Church Slavonic]], and locative absolute in [[Vedic Sanskrit]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|page=149|author=Benjamin W. Fortson IV|title=Indo-European Language and Culture: An Introduction|location=Malden, MA|publisher=Blackwell Publishing|year=2004|isbn=1-4051-0315-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Compare also [[nominative absolute]] in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below are two examples of the genitive absolute, in different tenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων&#039;&#039;&#039;, αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οἴκοι εἰσίν [tōn andrōn polemoúntōn, hai gunaīkes mónai oíkoi eisín]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;While the men are waging war&#039;&#039;&#039;, the women are at home by themselves.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This first example shows how a genitive absolute with a &#039;&#039;&#039;present&#039;&#039;&#039; participle is used with simultaneous actions. The independent clause is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οίκοι εἰσίν}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;...the women are at home by themselves&amp;quot;). The dependent clause and genitive absolute in this example is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;While the men are waging war&amp;quot;). It explains to the reader why the women are home alone, and yet is additional and not required information. Note the usage of the conjunction &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039;, indicating the two facts occurring at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating into English, failure to render the Greek participle into a finite clause often yields a stilted or even ungrammatical result: &amp;quot;The men waging war, the women are at home...&amp;quot; is hardly acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος&#039;&#039;&#039;, οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον [toū despótou keleúsantos, hoi doūloi ērgazon]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;After their master has ordered it&#039;&#039;&#039;, the slaves begin to work.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example shows a genitive absolute with an &#039;&#039;&#039;aorist&#039;&#039;&#039; participle. The independent clause in this sentence, &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον}}&amp;quot;, explains what happens (&amp;quot;...the slaves begin to work.&amp;quot;). The genitive absolute, being &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος}}&amp;quot;, provides the reader with additional information (&amp;quot;After the/their master has ordered (it)...&amp;quot;). Here, note the conjunction &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;, which indicates the two facts do &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; happen simultaneously, as they do with the present genitive absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, a more direct rendition, with &#039;having&#039; as an overt indicator of temporal sequence, is possible if somewhat stilted: &amp;quot;The master having ordered it, the slaves began to work.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Ablative absolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Accusative absolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Genitive case]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com.ar/2010/06/genitive-absolute.html Katanik], blog entry explaining the genitive absolute in Ancient Greek in few easy terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65108</id>
		<title>Genitive absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65108"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T21:03:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* Absolute constructions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[Ancient Greek grammar]], the &#039;&#039;&#039;genitive absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; (Latin: &#039;&#039;&#039;genitivus absolutus&#039;&#039;&#039;) is a [[grammatical construction]] consisting of a [[participle]] and often a [[noun]] which are both in the [[genitive case]], very similar to the [[Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in [[Latin]]. A genitive [[absolute construction]] serves as a dependent [[clause]], usually at the beginning of a sentence, in which the genitive noun is subject of the dependent clause and the participle takes on the role of predicate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &#039;&#039;absolute&#039;&#039; comes from the Latin &#039;&#039;absolutus&#039;&#039;, literally meaning &#039;&#039;made loose&#039;&#039;. This comes from the general truth that the genitive absolute does not refer to anything in the independent clause; although this is often true, there are many exceptions, notably in the [[New Testament]] and in [[Koine Greek|Koine]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Fuller | first = Lois K.|title = The &amp;quot;Genitive Absolute&amp;quot; in New Testament/Hellenistic Greek: A Proposal for Clearer Understanding|journal=Journal of Greco-Roman Christianity and Judaism|volume=3|pages=142–167|year=2006|url = http://divinity.mcmaster.ca/pages/jgrchj/volume3/JGRChJ3-7_Fuller.pdf | accessdate = 2006-12-09}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conjunctions in different tenses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three participle [[Grammatical tense|tenses]] are used in forming a genitive absolute. This results in different meanings of text and different translations, because of different relations in time between the independent and the dependent clause. &#039;&#039;Present participles&#039;&#039; are used when the information in the dependent clause happens &amp;quot;during&amp;quot; the independent clause, and are therefore translated as such. Either such a translated genitive absolute begins with, for example, &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, or a present participle is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Aorist participles&#039;&#039; are used when the dependent clause takes place before the independent clause. This means that instead of &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039; are the conjunctions in translations, or a perfect participle is applied and not a present one. &#039;&#039;Future participles&#039;&#039;, which are less common than their present and aorist counterparts, give information about what &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;might&#039;&#039; be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from translations with these conjunctions, others are also frequently used while translating a genitive absolute, such as &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;however&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;although&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Absolute constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolute constructions occur with other [[grammatical case]]s in [[Indo-European languages]], such as [[accusative absolute]], [[Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in Latin, dative absolute in [[Gothic language|Gothic]] and [[Old Church Slavonic]], and locative absolute in [[Vedic Sanskrit]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|page=149|author=Benjamin W. Fortson IV|title=Indo-European Language and Culture: An Introduction|location=Malden, MA|publisher=Blackwell Publishing|year=2004|isbn=1-4051-0315-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Compare also [[nominative absolute]] in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below are two examples of the genitive absolute, in different tenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων&#039;&#039;&#039;, αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οἴκοι εἰσίν [tōn andrōn polemoúntōn, hai gunaīkes mónai oíkoi eisín]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;While the men are waging war&#039;&#039;&#039;, the women are at home by themselves.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This first example shows how a genitive absolute with a &#039;&#039;&#039;present&#039;&#039;&#039; participle is used with simultaneous actions. The independent clause is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οίκοι εἰσίν}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;...the women are at home by themselves&amp;quot;). The dependent clause and genitive absolute in this example is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;While the men are waging war&amp;quot;). It explains to the reader why the women are home alone, and yet is additional and not required information. Note the usage of the conjunction &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039;, indicating the two facts occurring at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating into English, failure to render the Greek participle into a finite clause often yields a stilted or even ungrammatical result: &amp;quot;The men waging war, the women are at home...&amp;quot; is hardly acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος&#039;&#039;&#039;, οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον [toū despótou keleúsantos, hoi doūloi ērgazon]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;After their master has ordered it&#039;&#039;&#039;, the slaves begin to work.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example shows a genitive absolute with an &#039;&#039;&#039;aorist&#039;&#039;&#039; participle. The independent clause in this sentence, &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον}}&amp;quot;, explains what happens (&amp;quot;...the slaves begin to work.&amp;quot;). The genitive absolute, being &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος}}&amp;quot;, provides the reader with additional information (&amp;quot;After the/their master has ordered (it)...&amp;quot;). Here, note the conjunction &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;, which indicates the two facts do &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; happen simultaneously, as they do with the present genitive absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, a more direct rendition, with &#039;having&#039; as an overt indicator of temporal sequence, is possible if somewhat stilted: &amp;quot;The master having ordered it, the slaves began to work.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com.ar/2010/06/genitive-absolute.html Katanik], blog entry explaining the genitive absolute in Ancient Greek in few easy terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Accusative_absolute&amp;diff=65107</id>
		<title>Accusative absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Accusative_absolute&amp;diff=65107"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T21:01:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Created page with &amp;quot;The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;accusative absolute&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a grammatical construction found in some languages.  It is an absolute construction found in the accusative case. ==Greek== I...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;accusative absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; is a [[grammar|grammatical construction]] found in some languages.  It is an [[absolute construction]] found in the [[accusative case]].&lt;br /&gt;
==Greek==&lt;br /&gt;
In [[ancient Greek]], the accusative case is used [[adverb]]ially with [[participle]]s of [[impersonal verb]]s. It is similar in usage to the [[genitive absolute]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Balme, Maurice and Gilbert Lawall. &#039;&#039;Athenadze: An Introduction to Ancient Greek.&#039;&#039; New York: Oxford University Press, 2003. pp 172.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{lang|grc|συνδόξαν}} || {{lang|grc|τῷ}} || {{lang|grc|πατρὶ}} || {{lang|grc|καὶ}} || {{lang|grc|τῇ}} || {{lang|grc|μητρὶ}} || {{lang|grc|γαμεῖ}} || {{lang|grc|τὴν}} || {{lang|grc|Κυαξάρου}} || {{lang|grc|θυγατέρα}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| seeming good-&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;acc&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || the-&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;masc.dat.sg&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || father-&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;dat&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || and || the-&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;fem.dat.sg&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || mother-&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;dat&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || marries || the-&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;fem.acc.sg&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || Cyaxares-&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;gen&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || daughter-&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;acc&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=10 | &amp;quot;It seeming good to his father and mother, he marries the daughter of Cyaxares.&amp;quot; ([[Xenophon]], &#039;&#039;[[Cyropaedia]]&#039;&#039; 8.5.28)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
==German==&lt;br /&gt;
In [[German language|German]], a noun phrase can be put in the accusative to indicate that the subject of the sentence has the property described.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Duden 4, &#039;&#039;Die Grammatik&#039;&#039;, 5th edition (1995), p. 624&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| {{lang|de|Neben}} || {{lang|de|ihm}} || {{lang|de|saß}} || {{lang|de|der}} || {{lang|de|dünnhaarige}} || {{lang|de|Pianist,}} || {{lang|de|den}} || {{lang|de|Kopf}} || {{lang|de|im}} || {{lang|de|Nacken,}} || {{lang|de|und}} || {{lang|de|lauschte}}.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| next to || him || sat || the || thin-haired || pianist || the-&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-variant:small-caps&amp;quot;&amp;gt;masc.acc.sg&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || head || in the || neck || and || listened&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=12 | &amp;quot;The thin-haired pianist, his head hanging (lit. his head in his neck), sat next to him and listened.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Latin==&lt;br /&gt;
The accusative absolute is sometimes found in place of the [[Latin grammar#Ablative absolute|ablative absolute]] in the [[Latin]] of [[Late Antiquity]] as, for example, in the writings of [[Gregory of Tours]] and [[Jordanes]]. This likely arose when the pronunciation of the ablative and accusative singulars merged, since the final &#039;&#039;-m&#039;&#039; of the accusative singular was no longer pronounced, even in the Classical era. But the accusative absolute is also found with plural nouns where the ablative and accusative are not similar in pronunciation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Genitive absolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Grammar]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Greek grammar]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:German grammar]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Article Feedback 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Ablative_absolute&amp;diff=65106</id>
		<title>Ablative absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Ablative_absolute&amp;diff=65106"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T20:58:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Created page with &amp;quot;In Latin grammar, the ablative absolute (Latin: ablativus absolutus) is a noun phrase cast in the ablative case. More specifically, ...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[Latin]] [[grammar]], the ablative [[absolute construction|absolute]] (Latin: ablativus absolutus) is a [[noun]] [[phrase]] cast in the [[ablative case]]. More specifically, it consists of a noun or pronoun and either a past participle, a present participle, an adjective, or an appositive noun, all in the ablative.  In the case of &#039;&#039;sum&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;to be&amp;quot;, a [[zero morpheme]] often has to be used as the past and present participle do not exist, only the future participle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative absolute indicates the time, condition, or attending circumstances of an action being described in the main sentence. It takes the place of, and translates, many phrases that would require a [[clause|subordinate clause]] in [[English language|English]]. However, the noun in the ablative case cannot recur in the same sentence, hence the name absolute, derived from the Latin word &#039;&#039;absolvere&#039;&#039;, meaning to loosen from. The unfamiliarity of this construction makes it sometimes difficult for Latin students to grasp; however, mastery of this construction is needed to write Latin well, and its availability makes Latin prose quite concise. The closest English equivalent is the [[nominative absolute]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closest translation to the Latin follows the paradigm, &#039;&#039;with the Noun Participle.&#039;&#039; This construction often sounds awkward in English, however, it is often finessed into some other, more English-like, construction. In the following examples, the first line is the direct translation from Latin, while the second has been construed to sound more at home in English.  The usage of present, passive or future participles will determine the verbal idea in the ablative absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;urbe capta&#039;&#039;&#039; Aeneas fugit:&lt;br /&gt;
*: With the city captured, Aeneas fled.&lt;br /&gt;
*: When the city was captured, Aeneas fled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ovidio exule&#039;&#039;&#039;, Musae planguntur.&lt;br /&gt;
*: With Ovid exiled, the Muses weep.&lt;br /&gt;
*: The Muses weep because Ovid has been exiled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative absolute indicates the time when things happened or the circumstances when they occurred:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Caesare consule&#039;&#039;&#039;...&lt;br /&gt;
*: with Caesar as consul...&lt;br /&gt;
*: when Caesar was consul...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also indicates the causes of things, as in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ira calefacta&#039;&#039;&#039;, sapientia dormit.&lt;br /&gt;
*: With anger kindled, wisdom sleeps.&lt;br /&gt;
*: Wisdom sleeps because anger is kindled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;domino absente&#039;&#039;&#039;, fur fenestram penetravit.&lt;br /&gt;
*: With the master absent, a thief entered the window.&lt;br /&gt;
*: Since the master was absent, a thief entered the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be used to add descriptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;passis palmis&#039;&#039;&#039;, pacem petiverunt.&lt;br /&gt;
*: With hands outstretched, they sued for peace.&lt;br /&gt;
*: Hands outstretched, they sued for peace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes an [[infinitive]] or clause occurs in the ablative absolute construction, especially in [[Titus Livius|Livius]] and later authors:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;audito eum fugisse...&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*: with it having been heard of him to have fled...&lt;br /&gt;
*: with it having been heard that he had fled...&lt;br /&gt;
*: hearing that he had fled...&lt;br /&gt;
*: having heard that he had fled...&lt;br /&gt;
*: when they heard he had fled...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An English example appears in a line spoken by Helena in &#039;&#039;[[A Midsummer Night&#039;s Dream]]&#039;&#039; (Act 1, Scene 1):&lt;br /&gt;
*: Were the world mine, Demetrius being bated, The rest I&#039;d give to be to you translated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ablative absolute construction is sometimes imitated in English in a construction called the [[nominative absolute]]: &amp;quot;The Americans, (with) &#039;&#039;their independence secured&#039;&#039;, formed a government.&amp;quot;  Nevertheless, the construction is rarer and less natural in English than it is in Latin. It was introduced by early modern authors heavily influenced by Latin, for example, [[John Milton]], whose &#039;&#039;[[Paradise Lost]]&#039;&#039; makes frequent use of the construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Genitive absolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65105</id>
		<title>Genitive absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65105"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T20:56:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[Ancient Greek grammar]], the &#039;&#039;&#039;genitive absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; (Latin: &#039;&#039;&#039;genitivus absolutus&#039;&#039;&#039;) is a [[grammatical construction]] consisting of a [[participle]] and often a [[noun]] which are both in the [[genitive case]], very similar to the [[Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in [[Latin]]. A genitive [[absolute construction]] serves as a dependent [[clause]], usually at the beginning of a sentence, in which the genitive noun is subject of the dependent clause and the participle takes on the role of predicate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &#039;&#039;absolute&#039;&#039; comes from the Latin &#039;&#039;absolutus&#039;&#039;, literally meaning &#039;&#039;made loose&#039;&#039;. This comes from the general truth that the genitive absolute does not refer to anything in the independent clause; although this is often true, there are many exceptions, notably in the [[New Testament]] and in [[Koine Greek|Koine]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Fuller | first = Lois K.|title = The &amp;quot;Genitive Absolute&amp;quot; in New Testament/Hellenistic Greek: A Proposal for Clearer Understanding|journal=Journal of Greco-Roman Christianity and Judaism|volume=3|pages=142–167|year=2006|url = http://divinity.mcmaster.ca/pages/jgrchj/volume3/JGRChJ3-7_Fuller.pdf | accessdate = 2006-12-09}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conjunctions in different tenses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three participle [[Grammatical tense|tenses]] are used in forming a genitive absolute. This results in different meanings of text and different translations, because of different relations in time between the independent and the dependent clause. &#039;&#039;Present participles&#039;&#039; are used when the information in the dependent clause happens &amp;quot;during&amp;quot; the independent clause, and are therefore translated as such. Either such a translated genitive absolute begins with, for example, &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, or a present participle is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Aorist participles&#039;&#039; are used when the dependent clause takes place before the independent clause. This means that instead of &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039; are the conjunctions in translations, or a perfect participle is applied and not a present one. &#039;&#039;Future participles&#039;&#039;, which are less common than their present and aorist counterparts, give information about what &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;might&#039;&#039; be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from translations with these conjunctions, others are also frequently used while translating a genitive absolute, such as &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;however&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;although&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Absolute constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolute constructions occur with other [[grammatical case]]s in [[Indo-European languages]], such as [[accusative absolute]], [[Latin grammar#Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in Latin, dative absolute in [[Gothic language|Gothic]] and [[Old Church Slavonic]], and locative absolute in [[Vedic Sanskrit]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|page=149|author=Benjamin W. Fortson IV|title=Indo-European Language and Culture: An Introduction|location=Malden, MA|publisher=Blackwell Publishing|year=2004|isbn=1-4051-0315-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Compare also [[nominative absolute]] in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below are two examples of the genitive absolute, in different tenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων&#039;&#039;&#039;, αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οἴκοι εἰσίν [tōn andrōn polemoúntōn, hai gunaīkes mónai oíkoi eisín]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;While the men are waging war&#039;&#039;&#039;, the women are at home by themselves.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This first example shows how a genitive absolute with a &#039;&#039;&#039;present&#039;&#039;&#039; participle is used with simultaneous actions. The independent clause is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οίκοι εἰσίν}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;...the women are at home by themselves&amp;quot;). The dependent clause and genitive absolute in this example is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;While the men are waging war&amp;quot;). It explains to the reader why the women are home alone, and yet is additional and not required information. Note the usage of the conjunction &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039;, indicating the two facts occurring at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating into English, failure to render the Greek participle into a finite clause often yields a stilted or even ungrammatical result: &amp;quot;The men waging war, the women are at home...&amp;quot; is hardly acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος&#039;&#039;&#039;, οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον [toū despótou keleúsantos, hoi doūloi ērgazon]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;After their master has ordered it&#039;&#039;&#039;, the slaves begin to work.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example shows a genitive absolute with an &#039;&#039;&#039;aorist&#039;&#039;&#039; participle. The independent clause in this sentence, &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον}}&amp;quot;, explains what happens (&amp;quot;...the slaves begin to work.&amp;quot;). The genitive absolute, being &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος}}&amp;quot;, provides the reader with additional information (&amp;quot;After the/their master has ordered (it)...&amp;quot;). Here, note the conjunction &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;, which indicates the two facts do &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; happen simultaneously, as they do with the present genitive absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, a more direct rendition, with &#039;having&#039; as an overt indicator of temporal sequence, is possible if somewhat stilted: &amp;quot;The master having ordered it, the slaves began to work.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com.ar/2010/06/genitive-absolute.html Katanik], blog entry explaining the genitive absolute in Ancient Greek in few easy terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Clause&amp;diff=65104</id>
		<title>Clause</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Clause&amp;diff=65104"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T20:53:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Created page with &amp;quot;In grammar, a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;clause&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is the smallest grammatical unit that can express a complete proposition.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Kroeger|first=Paul|title=Analysing Grammar: An I...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[grammar]], a &#039;&#039;&#039;clause&#039;&#039;&#039; is the smallest grammatical unit that can express a complete [[proposition]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Kroeger|first=Paul|title=Analysing Grammar: An Introduction|year=2005|publisher=Cambridge University Press|location=Cambridge|isbn=978-0-521-01653-7|pages=32}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In some languages it may be a pair or group of words that consists of a [[subject (grammar)|subject]] and a [[predicate (grammar)|predicate]], although in other [[language]]s in certain clauses the subject may not appear explicitly as a [[noun phrase]], being instead marked on the verb (this is especially common in [[null subject language]]s). The most basic kind of [[sentence (linguistics)|sentence]] consists of a single (independent) clause. More complex sentences may contain multiple clauses.  Clauses may be [[independent clause|independent]] or [[dependent clause|dependent]].  Independent clauses are those that could stand as a sentence by themselves, although they may be used connected with other clauses in a longer sentence. Dependent clauses are those that would be awkward or nonsensical if used alone, and must be used in a sentence also containing an independent clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clauses are often contrasted with &#039;&#039;[[phrase]]s&#039;&#039;. Traditionally, a &#039;&#039;clause&#039;&#039; was said to have both a [[finite verb]] and its subject, whereas a &#039;&#039;phrase&#039;&#039; either contained a finite verb but not its subject (in which case it is a &#039;&#039;[[verb phrase]]&#039;&#039;) or did not contain a finite verb. Technically, a phrase is any group of words that function together as a single part of speech.  Hence, in the sentence &amp;quot;I didn&#039;t know that the dog ran through the yard,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;that the dog ran through the yard&amp;quot; is a clause, as is the sentence as a whole, while &amp;quot;the yard,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;through the yard,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;ran through the yard,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the dog&amp;quot; are all phrases. However, modern linguists do not draw the same distinction, as they accept the idea of a &#039;&#039;[[non-finite clause]]&#039;&#039;, a clause that is organized around a [[non-finite verb]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Structures of dependent clauses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dependent clauses may be classified by their &#039;&#039;structure&#039;&#039;, although this classification does make some reference to the clause&#039;s function in a sentence. This scheme is more complex than analysis by function, as there are many different ways that a dependent clause can be structured. In English. Common structures include the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Many dependent clauses, such as &amp;quot;before he comes&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;because they agreed,&amp;quot; consist of a [[preposition]]-like subordinating conjunction, plus what would otherwise be an independent clause. These clauses act much like [[prepositional phrase]]s, and are either adjective clauses or adverb clauses, with many being able to function in either capacity.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Relative clause]]s, such as &amp;quot;which I couldn&#039;t see,&amp;quot; generally consist of a [[relative pronoun]], plus a clause in which the relative pronoun plays a part. Relative clauses usually function as adjective clauses, but occasionally they function as adverb clauses; in either case, they modify their relative pronoun&#039;s antecedent and follow the phrase or clause that they modify.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fused relative clauses, such as &amp;quot;what she did&amp;quot; (in the sense of &amp;quot;the thing she did&amp;quot;), are like ordinary relative clauses except that they act as noun clauses; they incorporate their subjects into their relative pronouns.&lt;br /&gt;
*Declarative [[content clause]]s, such as &amp;quot;that they came,&amp;quot; usually consist of the conjunction &#039;&#039;that&#039;&#039; plus what would otherwise be an independent clause, or of an independent clause alone (with an implicit preceding &#039;&#039;that&#039;&#039;). For this reason, they are often called &#039;&#039;that-clauses&#039;&#039;. Declarative content clauses refer to states of affairs; it is often implied that the state of affairs is the case, as in &amp;quot;It is fortunate that they came,&amp;quot; but this implication is easily removed by the context, as in &amp;quot;It is doubtful that they came.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Interrogative content clauses, such as &amp;quot;whether they came&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;where he went&amp;quot; (as in &amp;quot;I don&#039;t know where he went&amp;quot;), are much like declarative ones, except that they are introduced by [[interrogative word]]s. Rather than referring to a state of affairs, they refer to an unknown element of a state of affairs, such as one of the participants (as in &amp;quot;I wonder who came&amp;quot;) or even the truth of the state (as in &amp;quot;I wonder whether he came&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Small clause]]s, such as &amp;quot;him leave&amp;quot; (as in &amp;quot;I saw him leave&amp;quot;) and &amp;quot;him to leave&amp;quot; (as in &amp;quot;I wanted him to leave&amp;quot;), are minimal predicate structures, consisting only of an object and an additional structure (usually an [[infinitive]]), with the latter being predicated to the former by a controlling verb or a preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Adverbial clause]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dependent clause]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Relative clause]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Sentence (linguistics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[T-unit]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Thematic equative]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Balancing and deranking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Syntactic entities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Noun&amp;diff=65102</id>
		<title>Noun</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Noun&amp;diff=65102"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T20:51:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Created page with &amp;quot;Put simply, a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;noun&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a word used to name a person, place, thing, animal, or abstract idea.    In linguistics, a noun is a member of a large, [[open class (linguistics)...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Put simply, a &#039;&#039;&#039;noun&#039;&#039;&#039; is a word used to name a person, place, thing, animal, or abstract idea.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[linguistics]], a noun is a member of a large, [[open class (linguistics)|open]] [[lexical category]] whose members can occur as the main word in the [[subject (grammar)|subject]] of a [[clause]], the [[object (grammar)|object]] of a [[verb]], or the object of a [[preposition]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Loos, Eugene E., et al. 2003. [http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsANoun.htm Glossary of linguistic terms: What is a noun?]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lexical categories are defined in terms of how their members combine with other kinds of expressions.  The [[syntactic]] rules for nouns differ from language to language. In [[English language|English]], nouns may be defined as those words which can occur with articles and [[adjective|attributive adjectives]] and can function as the [[head (linguistics)|head]] of a [[noun phrase]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[traditional grammar|traditional]] English grammar, the noun is one of the eight [[parts of speech]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Noun&#039;&#039; comes from the [[Latin]] &#039;&#039;nōmen&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;name&amp;quot;,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{L&amp;amp;S|nomen|nōmen|ref}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; a translation of [[Ancient Greek]] &#039;&#039;ónoma&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{LSJ|o/noma|ὄνομα|ref}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Word classes like nouns were first described by {{IAST|[[Pāṇini]]}} in the [[Sanskrit]] language and by Ancient Greek grammarians, and were defined by the grammatical [[morphology (linguistics)|forms]] that they take. In Greek and Sanskrit, for example, nouns are categorized by [[grammatical gender|gender]] and inflected for [[grammatical case|case]] and [[grammatical number|number]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because nouns and adjectives share these three categories, [[Dionysius Thrax]] does not clearly distinguish between the two, and uses the term &#039;&#039;ónoma&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;name&amp;quot; for both, although some of the words that he describes as &#039;&#039;paragōgón&#039;&#039; (pl. &#039;&#039;paragōgá&#039;&#039;) &amp;quot;derived&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{LSJ|paragwgo/s|παραγωγός|shortref}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; are adjectives.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Dionysius Thrax. [http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~harsch/graeca/Chronologia/S_ante02/DionysiosThrax/dio_tech.html τέχνη γραμματική] (Art of Grammar), section ιβ´ (10b): περὶ ὀνόματος (On the noun). Bibliotheca Augustana.&lt;br /&gt;
:εἴδη δὲ παραγώνων ἐστὶν ἑπτά· πατρωνυμικόν, κτητικόν, συγκριτικόν, ὑπερθετικόν, ὑποκοριστικόν, παρώνυμον, ῥηματικόν.&lt;br /&gt;
:There are seven types of derived [nouns]: patronymic, possessive, comparative, superlative, diminutive, derived from a noun, [and] verbal.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Different definitions of nouns ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;semantic&#039;&#039; definition of nouns as referring to a &#039;&#039;person&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;place&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;thing&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;event&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;substance&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;quality&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;quantity&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;idea&#039;&#039;, etc, has been criticized by contemporary linguists as being uninformative.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jackendoff, Ray. 2002. &#039;&#039;Foundations of language: brain, meaning, grammar, evolution.&#039;&#039; Oxford University Press. Page 124.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Expressions of [[natural language]] have properties at different levels. They have &#039;&#039;formal&#039;&#039; properties, like what kinds of [[morphology (linguistics)|morphological]] [[prefix]]es or [[suffix]]es they take and what kinds of other expressions they combine with; but they also have [[semantics|semantic]] properties, i.e. properties pertaining to their meaning. The definition of a noun at the outset of this article is thus a &#039;&#039;formal&#039;&#039;, traditional grammatical definition. That definition, for the most part, is considered uncontroversial and furnishes the means for users of certain languages to effectively distinguish most nouns from non-nouns. However, it has the disadvantage that it does not apply to nouns in all languages. For example in [[Russian language|Russian]], there are no definite articles, so one cannot define nouns as words that are modified by definite articles. There have also been several attempts to define nouns in terms of their [[semantics|semantic]] properties. Many of these are controversial, but some are discussed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Predicates with identity criteria ===&lt;br /&gt;
The British logician [[Peter Thomas Geach]] proposed a more subtle semantic definition of nouns.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Geach, Peter. 1962. Reference and Generality. Cornell University Press.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  He noticed that adverbs like &amp;quot;same&amp;quot; can modify nouns, but no other kinds of parts of speech, like [[verbs]] or [[adjectives]]. Not only that, but there also do not seem to be any &#039;&#039;other&#039;&#039; expressions with similar meaning that can modify verbs and adjectives. Consider the following examples.&lt;br /&gt;
: grammatical: John and Bill participated in the &#039;&#039;&#039;same&#039;&#039;&#039; fight.&lt;br /&gt;
: ungrammatical: *John and Bill &#039;&#039;&#039;samely&#039;&#039;&#039; fought.&lt;br /&gt;
There is no English adverb &#039;&#039;samely&#039;&#039;. In some other languages, like Czech, however there are adverbs corresponding to &#039;&#039;samely&#039;&#039;. Hence, in Czech, the translation of the last sentence would be fine; however, it would mean that John and Bill fought &#039;&#039;in the same way&#039;&#039;: not that they participated in the &#039;&#039;same fight&#039;&#039;. Geach proposed that we could explain this, if nouns denote logical [[predicate (grammar)|predicates]]  with &#039;&#039;&#039;identity criteria&#039;&#039;&#039;. An identity criterion would allow us to conclude, for example, that &#039;&#039;person x at time 1 is &#039;&#039;the same person&#039;&#039; as person y at time 2&#039;&#039;. Different nouns can have different identity criteria. A well known example of this is due to Gupta:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Anil_Gupta_Logic&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Gupta, Anil. 1980, The logic of common nouns. New Haven and London: Yale University Press.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:National Airlines transported 2 million &#039;&#039;&#039;passengers&#039;&#039;&#039; in 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
:National Airlines transported (at least) 2 million &#039;&#039;&#039;persons&#039;&#039;&#039; in 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
Given that, in general, all passengers are persons, the last sentence above ought to follow logically from the first one. But it doesn&#039;t.  It is easy to imagine, for example, that on average, every person who travelled with National Airlines in 1979, travelled with them twice.  In that case, one would say that the airline transported 2 million &#039;&#039;passengers&#039;&#039; but only 1 million &#039;&#039;persons&#039;&#039;. Thus, the way that we count &#039;&#039;passengers&#039;&#039; isn&#039;t necessarily the same as the way that we count &#039;&#039;persons&#039;&#039;. Put somewhat differently: At two different times, &#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039; may correspond to two distinct &#039;&#039;passengers&#039;&#039;, even though you are one and the same person. For a precise definition of &#039;&#039;identity criteria&#039;&#039;, see Gupta.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Anil_Gupta_Logic&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prototypically referential expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Another semantic definition of nouns is that they are &#039;&#039;prototypically referential&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Croft, William. 1993. &amp;quot;A noun is a noun is a noun - or is it? Some reflections on the universality of semantics&amp;quot;. Proceedings of the Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, ed. Joshua S. Guenter, Barbara A. Kaiser and Cheryl C. Zoll, 369-80. Berkeley: Berkeley Linguistics Society.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, [[Mark Baker (linguist)|Mark Baker]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Baker, Mark. 2003, Lexical Categories: verbs, nouns, and adjectives. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; has proposed that Geach&#039;s definition of nouns in terms  of identity criteria allows us to &#039;&#039;explain&#039;&#039; the characteristic properties of nouns. He argues that nouns can co-occur with (in-)definite articles and numerals, and are &#039;&#039;prototypically referential&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039; they are all and only those [[parts of speech]] that provide identity criteria. Baker&#039;s proposals are quite new, and linguists are still evaluating them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Classification of nouns in English ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Proper nouns and common nouns===&amp;lt;!-- This section is linked from [[Czech language]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Proper noun}}&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;proper noun&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;proper name&#039;&#039; is a noun representing unique entities (such as &#039;&#039;[[Earth]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[London]]&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;[[Jupiter]]&#039;&#039;,  &#039;&#039;[[Larry]]&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;[[Toyota]]&#039;&#039;), as distinguished from common nouns which describe a class of entities (such as &#039;&#039;city&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;planet&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;person&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;car&#039;&#039;).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book | title = The McGraw-Hill Handbook of English Grammar and Usage | author = Lester, Mark; Larry Beason | publisher = McGraw-Hill | year = 2005 | page = 4| isbn = 0-07-144133-6}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Agent nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Agent noun}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Agent nouns&#039;&#039; are usually common nouns (although they may be proper nouns, such as in titles or adopted [[surname]]s) that take the form of a subject (typically a person) performing an action (verb). Examples in English are &#039;&#039;maker&#039;&#039; (from &#039;&#039;to make&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039; (from &#039;&#039;to teach&#039;&#039;), and &#039;&#039;actor&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;actress&#039;&#039; (from &#039;&#039;to act&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Countable and uncountable nouns ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Count noun|Mass noun}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Count nouns&#039;&#039; are common nouns that can take a [[plural]], can combine with [[numeral system|numerals]] or [[quantifiers]] (e.g., &#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;two&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;several&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;every&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;most&#039;&#039;), and can take an indefinite article (&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;an&#039;&#039;). Examples of count nouns are &#039;&#039;chair&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;nose&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;occasion&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mass nouns&#039;&#039; (or &#039;&#039;non-count nouns&#039;&#039;) differ from count nouns in precisely that respect: they can&#039;t take plural or combine with number words or quantifiers. Examples from English include &#039;&#039;laughter&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;cutlery&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;helium&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;furniture&#039;&#039;. For example, it is not possible to refer to &#039;&#039;a furniture&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;three furnitures&#039;&#039;. This is true even though the pieces of furniture comprising &#039;&#039;furniture&#039;&#039; could be counted. Thus the distinction between mass and count nouns should not be made in terms of what sorts of things the nouns &#039;&#039;refer&#039;&#039; to, but rather in terms of how the nouns &#039;&#039;present&#039;&#039; these entities.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Manfred Krifka|Krifka, Manfred]]. 1989. &amp;quot;Nominal Reference, Temporal Constitution and Quantification in Event Semantics&amp;quot;. In R. Bartsch, J. van Benthem, P. von Emde Boas (eds.), Semantics and Contextual Expression, Dordrecht: Foris Publication.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Borer, Hagit. 2005.  &#039;&#039;In Name Only.  Structuring Sense, Volume I.&#039;&#039; Oxford:  Oxford University Press.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Collective nouns ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Collective noun}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Collective nouns&#039;&#039; are nouns that refer to &#039;&#039;groups&#039;&#039; consisting of more than one individual or entity, even when they are inflected for the [[Grammatical number|singular]]. Examples include &#039;&#039;committee&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;herd&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;school&#039;&#039; (of fish). These nouns have slightly different grammatical properties than other nouns. For example, the noun phrases that they [[head (linguistics)|head]] can serve as the [[subject (grammar)|subject]] of a collective predicate, even when they are inflected for the singular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Concrete nouns and abstract nouns ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Concrete nouns&#039;&#039; refer to [[physical bodies|physical entities]] that can, in principle at least, be observed by at least one of the [[sense]]s (for instance, &#039;&#039;chair&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;apple&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Janet&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;atom&#039;&#039;). &#039;&#039;Abstract nouns&#039;&#039;, on the other hand, refer to [[abstract object]]s; that is, ideas or concepts (such as &#039;&#039;justice&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;hatred&#039;&#039;). While this distinction is sometimes exclusive, some nouns have multiple senses, including both concrete and abstract ones; consider, for example, the noun &#039;&#039;art&#039;&#039;, which usually refers to a concept (e.g., &#039;&#039;Art is an important element of human culture&#039;&#039;) but which can refer to a specific artwork in certain contexts (e.g., &#039;&#039;I put my daughter&#039;s art up on the fridge&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some abstract nouns developed etymologically by figurative extension from literal roots. These include &#039;&#039;drawback, fraction, holdout,&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;uptake&#039;&#039;. Similarly, some nouns have both abstract and concrete senses, with the latter having developed by figurative extension from the former. These include &#039;&#039;view, filter, structure,&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;key&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English, many abstract nouns are formed by adding noun-forming suffixes (&#039;&#039;-ness&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;-ity&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;-ion&#039;&#039;) to adjectives or verbs. Examples are &#039;&#039;happiness&#039;&#039; (from the adjective &#039;&#039;happy&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;circulation&#039;&#039; (from the verb &#039;&#039;circulate&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;serenity&#039;&#039; (from the adjective &#039;&#039;serene&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrases===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Noun phrase}}&lt;br /&gt;
A noun phrase is a phrase based on a noun, pronoun, or other noun-like word (nominal) optionally accompanied by modifiers such as adjectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pronouns ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Pronoun}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns and noun phrases can typically be replaced  by [[pronoun]]s, such as &#039;&#039;he&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;it&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;which&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;those&#039;&#039;, in order to avoid repetition or explicit identification, or for other reasons. For example, in the sentence &#039;&#039;Janet thought that he was weird&#039;&#039;, the word &#039;&#039;he&#039;&#039; is a pronoun standing in place of the name of the person in question. The English word &#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039; can replace parts of noun phrases, and it sometimes stands in for a noun.  An example is given below:&lt;br /&gt;
: John&#039;s car is newer than &#039;&#039;the one&#039;&#039; that Bill has.&lt;br /&gt;
But &#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039; can also stand in for bigger sub parts of a noun phrase. For example, in the following example, &#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039; can stand in for &#039;&#039;new car&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
: This new car is cheaper than &#039;&#039;that one&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;Substantive&#039;&#039; as a word for &#039;&#039;noun&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with old [[Latin language|Latin]] grammars, many European languages use some form of the word &#039;&#039;substantive&#039;&#039; as the basic term for noun (for example, Spanish &#039;&#039;[[wikt:sustantivo|sustantivo]]&#039;&#039;, &amp;quot;noun&amp;quot;). Nouns in the dictionaries of such languages are demarked by the abbreviation &#039;&#039;s.&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;sb.&#039;&#039; instead of &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, which may be used for proper nouns instead. This corresponds to those grammars in which nouns and adjectives phase into each other in more areas than, for example, the English term [[Predicative adjective#Predicative adjective|predicate adjective]] entails. In French and Spanish, for example, adjectives frequently act as nouns referring to people who have the characteristics of the adjective. The most common metalanguage to name this concept is &#039;&#039;[[nominalization]]&#039;&#039;. An example in English is: &lt;br /&gt;
: This legislation will have the most impact on the &#039;&#039;poor&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, an adjective can also be used for a whole group or organization of people: &lt;br /&gt;
: The Socialist &#039;&#039;International&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, these words are substantives that are usually adjectives in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word &#039;&#039;[[Nominal (linguistics)|nominal]]&#039;&#039; also overlaps in meaning and usage with &#039;&#039;noun&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;adjective&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Description]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Grammatical case]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Phi features]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{lexical categories|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bibliography ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Laycock, Henry (2005). &amp;quot;[http://post.queensu.ca/%7Elaycockh/Mass%20nouns%20%20Count%20nouns%20%20Non-count%20nouns.pdf Mass nouns, Count nouns and Non-count nouns]&amp;quot;, Draft version of entry in &#039;&#039;Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics&#039;&#039; Oxford: Elsevier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Wiktionary}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.brighthub.com/education/languages/articles/19457.aspx Nouns - Singular and Plural Agreement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://esl.about.com/od/grammarforbeginners/a/g_cucount.htm ESL Guide to Countable and Uncountable Nouns]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://grammar.ccc.commnet.edu/GRAMMAR/nouns.htm Nouns]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Grammar]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parts of speech]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nomenclature]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Participle&amp;diff=65098</id>
		<title>Participle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Participle&amp;diff=65098"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T20:43:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Created page with &amp;quot;In linguistics, a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;participle&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a word that shares some characteristics of both verbs and adjectives.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTe...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[linguistics]], a &#039;&#039;&#039;participle&#039;&#039;&#039; is a word that shares some characteristics of both [[verb]]s and [[adjective]]s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAParticiple.htm What is a participle?] in [http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/Index.htm Glossary of linguistic terms] at SIL International.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It can be used in compound verb [[Grammatical tense|tenses]] or [[Voice (grammar)|voices]] ([[periphrasis]]), or as a [[Grammatical modifier|modifier]]. A phrase composed of a participle and other words is a participle phrase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Etymology==&lt;br /&gt;
The word comes from Latin &#039;&#039;participium&#039;&#039;,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{L&amp;amp;S|participium|ref}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; a [[calque]] of Greek {{unicode|metochē&amp;amp;#769;}} &amp;quot;partaking&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sharing&amp;quot;,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{LSJ|metoxh/|μετοχή|ref}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; because the [[Ancient Greek]] and [[Latin]] participles share in the properties of the adjective or noun ([[grammatical gender|gender]], [[grammatical number|number]], and [[grammatical case|case]]) and of the verb ([[tense]] and [[voice (grammar)|voice]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adverbial and adjectival ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some languages, a distinction between [[adverbial participle]] and [[adjectival participle]] can be made. See [[:ru:Причастие (язык)|причастие]] and [[:ru:Деепричастие|деепричастие]] in [[Russian grammar]], [[:hu:Határozói igenév|határozói igenév]] and [[:hu:Melléknévi igenév|melléknévi igenév]] in [[Hungarian grammar]], or [[:pl:Imiesłów|imiesłów]] in [[Polish grammar]].  Also many [[Inuit language]]s make such a distinction, see for details e.g. the sophisticated [[Sireniki Eskimo language#Participles|participle system of the Sireniki Eskimo]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perfect passive ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The perfect passive participle is the past participle expressed in the [[passive voice]], for example&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;The dog, having been praised by its master, was happy&#039;&#039;, or more commonly, &#039;&#039;The dog, praised by its master, was happy&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Perfect passive of deponent ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Deponent verb]]s are typically passive in form but active in meaning and&lt;br /&gt;
their participles thus take the form but not the meaning of the perfect passive participle. In [[Latin]]:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;precatus&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;having prayed&amp;quot; (from the verb &#039;&#039;precor&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;precari&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;precatus sum&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
Compare with a non-deponent equivalent:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;laudatus&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;having been praised&amp;quot; (from the verb &#039;&#039;laudo&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;laudare&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;laudavi&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;laudatus&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Indo-European languages==&lt;br /&gt;
===Germanic languages===&lt;br /&gt;
====English====&lt;br /&gt;
===== Modern English ===== &amp;lt;!-- This section is linked to [[Glosa#verb]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[English language|English]] verbs have two  participles:&lt;br /&gt;
# called variously the &#039;&#039;present&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;active&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;imperfect&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;progressive participle&#039;&#039;, it is identical in form to the [[gerund]]; the term &#039;&#039;present participle&#039;&#039; is sometimes used to include the gerund. The term &#039;&#039;gerund-participle&#039;&#039; is also used.&lt;br /&gt;
# called variously the &#039;&#039;past&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;passive&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;perfect participle&#039;&#039;, it is usually identical to the verb&#039;s [[preterite]] (past tense) form, though in irregular verbs the two usually differ.&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of participle formation include:&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Verb&#039;&#039;&#039;||Past&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Simple||Past&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Participle||Present&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Participle||Regular/&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Irregular&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;hire&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|hir&#039;&#039;ed&#039;&#039;||hir&#039;&#039;ing&#039;&#039;|| regular&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;do&#039;&#039;&#039;||did||done||do&#039;&#039;ing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot;|irregular&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;say&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|said||say&#039;&#039;ing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;eat&#039;&#039;&#039;||ate||eat&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;||eat&#039;&#039;ing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;write&#039;&#039;&#039;||wrote||writt&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;||writ&#039;&#039;ing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;beat&#039;&#039;&#039;||beat||beat&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;||beat&#039;&#039;ing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;sing&#039;&#039;&#039;||sang||sung||sing&#039;&#039;ing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;see&#039;&#039;&#039;||saw||seen||see&#039;&#039;ing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While English past participles, like past tense forms, are sometimes [[English irregular verbs|irregular]], all English present participles are regular, being formed with the suffix &#039;&#039;-ing&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The present participle in English is used for: &lt;br /&gt;
*forming the [[progressive aspect]]: &#039;&#039;Jim was &#039;&#039;&#039;sleeping&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*modifying a noun as an adjective: &#039;&#039;Let &#039;&#039;&#039;sleeping&#039;&#039;&#039; dogs lie.&#039;&#039; (= &#039;&#039;Let dogs &#039;&#039;&#039;that are sleeping&#039;&#039;&#039; lie.&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*modifying a verb or sentence in clauses: &#039;&#039;Broadly &#039;&#039;&#039;speaking&#039;&#039;&#039;, the project was successful.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The present participle in English has the same form as the [[gerund]], but the gerund acts as a noun rather than a verb or a modifier. The word &#039;&#039;sleeping&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;Your job description does not include &#039;&#039;&#039;sleeping&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; is a gerund and not a present participle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past participle may be used in both active and passive voices:&lt;br /&gt;
*forming the [[perfect (grammar)|perfect]]: &#039;&#039;The chicken has &#039;&#039;&#039;eaten&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*forming the [[passive voice]]: &#039;&#039;The chicken was &#039;&#039;&#039;eaten&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*modifying a noun, with active sense: &#039;&#039;our &#039;&#039;&#039;fallen&#039;&#039;&#039; comrades&#039;&#039; (= &#039;&#039;our comrades &#039;&#039;&#039;who have fallen&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*modifying a noun, with passive sense: &#039;&#039;the &#039;&#039;&#039;attached&#039;&#039;&#039; files&#039;&#039; (= &#039;&#039;the files &#039;&#039;&#039;that have been attached&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*modifying a verb or sentence, with passive sense: &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Seen&#039;&#039;&#039; from this perspective, the problem presents no easy solution.&#039;&#039; (= &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;When it is seen&#039;&#039;&#039; from this perspective,....&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As noun-modifiers, participles usually precede the noun (like [[adjective]]s), but in many cases they can or must follow it:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;The &#039;&#039;&#039;visiting&#039;&#039;&#039; dignitaries devoured the &#039;&#039;&#039;baked&#039;&#039;&#039; apples.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Please bring all the documents &#039;&#039;&#039;required&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039; (= &#039;&#039;Please bring all the documents &#039;&#039;&#039;that are required&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;The difficulties &#039;&#039;&#039;encountered&#039;&#039;&#039; were nearly insurmountable.&#039;&#039; (= &#039;&#039;The difficulties &#039;&#039;&#039;that were encountered&#039;&#039;&#039; were nearly insurmountable.&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even irregular past participle verbs often follow the format &#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-ne&#039;&#039;, as may be seen from above.  For examples:&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Verb&#039;&#039;&#039;||Past&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Participle&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;beat&#039;&#039;&#039;||beat&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;do&#039;&#039;&#039;||do&#039;&#039;ne&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;eat&#039;&#039;&#039;||eat&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;fall&#039;&#039;&#039;||fall&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;give&#039;&#039;&#039;||giv&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;help&#039;&#039;&#039;||holp&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Archaic form in early Modern English, used in the &#039;&#039;[[Book of Common Prayer]]&#039;&#039; version of the [[Magnificat]], see &#039;&#039;e.g.&#039;&#039;, [http://www.kingjamesbibleonline.org/Luke-1-54/ King James Bible online].  Accessed September 27, 2010.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;show&#039;&#039;&#039;||shown&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;see&#039;&#039;&#039;||se&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|to &#039;&#039;&#039;write&#039;&#039;&#039;||writt&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Old English=====&lt;br /&gt;
* In [[Old English]], weak present participles ended in &#039;&#039;-ende&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-iende&#039;&#039; depending on verb class. In [[Middle English]], various forms were used in different regions: &#039;&#039;-ende&#039;&#039; (SW, SE, Midlands), &#039;&#039;-inde&#039;&#039; (SW, SE), &#039;&#039;-and&#039;&#039; (N), &#039;&#039;-inge&#039;&#039; (SE). This latter form eventually fell together with the suffix &#039;&#039;-ing&#039;&#039;, used to form verbal nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Strong past participles were marked with a &#039;&#039;ge-&#039;&#039; prefix, as are most strong and weak past participles in Dutch and [[High German]] today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Romance languages===&lt;br /&gt;
====Latin====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Latin conjugation#Participles|l1=Latin conjugation: Participles}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Latin]] has [[Latin conjugation#The participles|three participles]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* present active participle: present stem + -ns (gen. –ntis); e.g. &#039;&#039;educāns&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;teaching&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* perfect passive participle: participial stem + -us, -a, -um; e.g. &#039;&#039;educātus&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;(having been) taught&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* future active participle: participial stem + -ūrus, -ūra, -ūrum; e.g. &#039;&#039;educātūrus&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;about to teach&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Latin conjugation#The gerundive|gerundive]] is sometimes considered the future passive participle, although it is more of the [[jussive mood]] than the [[future tense]]. It is formed from the present stem + (e)ndus, -a, -um; e.g. &#039;&#039;educandus&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;needing to be taught&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable unicode&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! &#039;&#039;ēdūcō&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;quot;I educate&amp;quot; !! active !! passive&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! present&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;ēdūcāns&#039;&#039; || —&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! perfect&lt;br /&gt;
| — || &#039;&#039;ēdūcātus&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! future&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;ēdūcātūrus&#039;&#039; || (&#039;&#039;ēdūcandus&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====French====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two basic participles:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Present active participle&#039;&#039;&#039;: formed by dropping the -ons of the nous form of a verb (except with être) and then adding &#039;&#039;ant&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;marchant&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;walking&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;étant&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;being&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Past participle&#039;&#039;&#039;: formation varies according to verb group: &#039;&#039;vendu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;sold&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;mis&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;placed&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;marché&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;walked&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;été&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;been&amp;quot;, and &#039;&#039;fait&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;done&amp;quot;. The sense of the past participle is passive as an adjective and in most verbal constructions with &amp;quot;être&amp;quot;, but active in verbal constructions with &amp;quot;avoir&amp;quot;, in reflexive constructions, and with some intransitive verbs.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Maurice Grevisse, &#039;&#039;[[Le Bon Usage]]&#039;&#039;, 10th edition, § 776.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compound participles are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Present perfect participle&#039;&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;ayant appelé&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;having called&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;étant mort&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;being dead&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Passive perfect participle&#039;&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;étant vendu&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;being sold, having been sold&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Present participles&#039;&#039;&#039; are used as qualifiers as in &amp;quot;un insecte &#039;&#039;&#039;volant&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; (a flying insect) and some other contexts. They are never used in forming tenses. The present participle is used in subordinate clauses, usually with en; &amp;quot;Je marche, en parlant&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Past participles&#039;&#039;&#039; are used as qualifiers for nouns &amp;quot;la table &#039;&#039;&#039;cassée&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; (the broken table), to form compound tenses such as the perfect &amp;quot;Vous avez &#039;&#039;&#039;dit&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; (you have said) and to for the passive voice &amp;quot;il a été &#039;&#039;&#039;tué&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; (he/ it has been killed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Spanish====&lt;br /&gt;
In Spanish, the present or active participle (&#039;&#039;participio activo&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;participio de presente&#039;&#039;) of a verb is traditionally formed with one of the suffixes &#039;&#039;-ante, -ente&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-iente&#039;&#039;, but modern grammar does not consider it a verbal form any longer, as they become adjectives or nouns on their own: e.g. &#039;&#039;amante&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;loving&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;lover&amp;quot;, &#039;&#039;viviente&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;living&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;live&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The continuous is constructed much as in English, using a conjugated form of &#039;&#039;estar&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;to be&#039;&#039;) plus the &#039;&#039;gerundio&#039;&#039; (sometimes called a verbal adverb or adverbial participle as it does not decline) with the suffixes &#039;&#039;-ando&#039;&#039; (for -ar verbos) or &#039;&#039;-iendo&#039;&#039; (for both -ir and -er verbs): for example, &#039;&#039;estar haciendo&#039;&#039; means &#039;&#039;to be doing&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;haciendo&#039;&#039; being the &#039;&#039;gerundio&#039;&#039; of &#039;&#039;hacer&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;to do&#039;&#039;), and there are related constructions such as &#039;&#039;seguir haciendo&#039;&#039; meaning &#039;&#039;to keep doing&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;seguir&#039;&#039; being &#039;&#039;to continue&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past participle (&#039;&#039;participio pasado&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;pasivo&#039;&#039;) is regularly formed with one of the suffixes &#039;&#039;-ado&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;-ido&#039;&#039;, but several verbs have an irregular form ending in &#039;&#039;-to&#039;&#039; (e.g. &#039;&#039;escrito, visto&#039;&#039;), or &#039;&#039;-cho&#039;&#039; (e.g. &#039;&#039;dicho, hecho&#039;&#039;). The past participle is used generally as an adjective meaning a finished action, or to form the passive voice, and it is variable in gender and number in these uses; and also it is used to form the compound tenses (as in English) in which it has only one form, the singular male one. Some examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;As an adjective&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;las cartas escritas&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;the written letters&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;In the passive voice, accompanied by the verb &amp;quot;ser&amp;quot; (to be) and &amp;quot;por&amp;quot; (by)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Los ladrones fueron capturados por la policia&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The thieves were caught by the police.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;To form compound tenses&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ella ha escrito una carta.&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;She has written a letter.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hellenic languages===&lt;br /&gt;
====Ancient Greek====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Ancient Greek grammar#Participle|l1=Ancient Greek grammar: Participle}}&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Ancient Greek]] participle shares in the properties of adjectives and verbs. Like an adjective, it changes form for [[grammatical gender|gender]], [[grammatical case|case]], and [[grammatical number|number]]. Like a verb, it has [[grammatical tense|tense]] and [[voice (grammar)|voice]], is modified by [[adverb]]s, and can take [[verb argument]]s, including an [[object (grammar)|object]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Smyth, A Greek Grammar for Colleges, [http://artflx.uchicago.edu/cgi-bin/philologic/getobject.pl?c.9:6:150.perseusmonographs section 2039].&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a form of the participle for every combination of tense (present, aorist, perfect, future) and voice (active, middle, passive). Here are the masculine nominative singular forms:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable polytonic&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! λύω&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;quot;I release&amp;quot; !! active !! middle !! passive&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! present&lt;br /&gt;
| λύων || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | λυόμενος&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! aorist&lt;br /&gt;
|λύσας || λυσάμενος || λυθείς&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! future&lt;br /&gt;
| λύσων || λυσόμενος || λυθησόμενος&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! perfect&lt;br /&gt;
| λελυκώς || colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | λελυμένος&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like an adjective, it can modify a noun, and can be used to embed one thought into another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* πολλὰ καὶ φύσει καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ δεῖ &#039;&#039;&#039;τὸν εὖ στρατηγήσοντα&#039;&#039;&#039; ἔχειν&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;quot;he who intends to be a good general must have a great deal of ability and knowledge,&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example, the participial phrase τὸν εὖ στρατηγήσοντα, literally &amp;quot;the one going to be a good general,&amp;quot; is used to embed the idea εὖ στρατηγήσει &amp;quot;he will be a good general&amp;quot; within the main verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The participle is very widely used in ancient Greek, especially in prose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Slavic languages===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polish====&lt;br /&gt;
The Polish word for participle is &#039;&#039;imiesłów&#039;&#039; ([[plural|pl.]]: &#039;&#039;imiesłowy&#039;&#039;). There are four types of imiesłowy in two classes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adjectival participle&#039;&#039;&#039; (imiesłów przymiotnikowy)&lt;br /&gt;
* active adjectival participle (imiesłów przymiotnikowy czynny): robiący - &amp;quot;doing&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;one who does&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* passive adjectival participle (imiesłów przymiotnikowy bierny): robiony - &amp;quot;being done&amp;quot; (can only be formed off [[transitive verb]]s)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adverbial participle&#039;&#039;&#039; (imiesłów przysłówkowy)&lt;br /&gt;
* present adverbial participle (imiesłów przysłówkowy współczesny): robiąc - &amp;quot;doing&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;while doing&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* perfect adverbial participle (imiesłów przysłówkowy uprzedni): zrobiwszy - &amp;quot;having done&amp;quot; (formed in virtually all cases off verbs in their [[perfective aspect|perfective forms]], here denoted by the [[prefix]] &#039;&#039;z-&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dangling participle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the distinction between adjectival and adverbial participles, in Polish it is practically impossible to make a dangling participle mistake in the classical English meaning of the term. For instance, in the sentence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I have found them hiding in the closet.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
it is unclear, whether &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;them&amp;quot; is hiding in the closet. In Polish there is a clear distinction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Znalazłem ich, chowając się w szafie.&amp;quot; - &#039;&#039;chowając&#039;&#039; is a present adverbial participle regarding the subject (&amp;quot;I&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Znalazłem ich chowających się w szafie&amp;quot; - &#039;&#039;chowających&#039;&#039; is an active adjectival participle regarding the object (&amp;quot;them&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, participles may cause confusion if used in sentences like this one:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Mając 8 lat, rodzice posłali mnie do szkoły&amp;quot; - &amp;quot;Being 8 years old my parents sent me to school&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
which does not make it clear - in grammatical terms - whether &amp;quot;me&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;my parents&amp;quot; were 8 at the time of &amp;quot;me&amp;quot; being sent to school. The use of the present adverbial participle &#039;&#039;mając&#039;&#039; (corresponding to the participle &#039;&#039;being&#039;&#039; in the English translation) is considered incorrect, and thus a different structure should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Russian====&lt;br /&gt;
Verb: слышать [ˈslɨ.ʂɐtʲ] (to hear, [[imperfective aspect]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Present active: слышащий [ˈslɨ.ʂɐ.ɕɕɪj] &amp;quot;hearing&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;who hears&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Present passive: слышимый [ˈslɨ.ʂᵻ.məj] &amp;quot;being heard&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;that is heard&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;audible&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Past active: слышавший [ˈslɨ.ʂɐf.ʂəj] &amp;quot;who heard&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;who was hearing&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Past passive: слышанный [ˈslɨ.ʂɐn.nəj] &amp;quot;that was heard&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;that was being heard&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[adverbial participle|Adverbial]] present active: слыша [ˈslɨ.ʂɐ] &amp;quot;(while) hearing&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbial past active: слышав [ˈslɨ.ʂɐf] &amp;quot;having been hearing&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verb: услышать [ʊˈslɨ.ʂɐtʲ] (to hear, [[perfective aspect]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Past active: услышавший [ʊˈslɨ.ʂɐf.ʂəj] &amp;quot;who has heard&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Past passive: услышанный [ʊˈslɨ.ʂɐn.nəj] &amp;quot;that has been heard&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbial past active: услышав [ʊˈslɨ.ʂɐf] &amp;quot;having heard&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Bulgarian====&lt;br /&gt;
Verb: правя pravja (to do, imperfective aspect)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Present active: правещ pravešt&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Past active aorist: правил pravil&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Past active imperfect: правел pravel (only used in [[verb]]al constructions)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Past passive: правен praven&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbial present active: правейки pravejki&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verb: направя napravja (to do, perfective aspect)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Past active aorist: направил napravil&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Past active imperfect: направел napravel (only used in [[verb]]al constructions)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Past passive: направен napraven&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participles are adjectives formed as verbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Baltic languages===&lt;br /&gt;
====Lithuanian====&lt;br /&gt;
Among Indo-European languages, the [[Lithuanian language]] is unique for having thirteen different participial forms of the verb, that can be grouped into five when accounting for inflection by tense. Some of these are also inflected by gender and case. For example, the verb &#039;&#039;eiti&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;to go, to walk&amp;quot;) has the active participle forms &#039;&#039;einąs/einantis&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;going, walking&amp;quot;, present tense), &#039;&#039;ėjęs&#039;&#039; (past tense), &#039;&#039;eisiąs&#039;&#039; (future tense), &#039;&#039;eidavęs&#039;&#039; (past frequentative tense), the passive participle forms &#039;&#039;einamas&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;being walked&amp;quot;, present tense), &#039;&#039;eitas&#039;&#039; (“walked“ past tense), &#039;&#039;eisimas&#039;&#039; (future tense), the adverbial participles &#039;&#039;einant&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;while [he, different subject] is walking&amp;quot; present tense), &#039;&#039;ėjus&#039;&#039; (past tense), &#039;&#039;eisiant&#039;&#039; (future tense), &#039;&#039;eidavus&#039;&#039; (past frequentative tense), the semi-participle &#039;&#039;eidamas&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;while [he, the same subject] is going, walking&amp;quot;) and the participle of necessity &#039;&#039;eitinas&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;that which needs to be walked&amp;quot;). The active, passive and the semi- participles are inflected by gender and the active, passive and necessity ones are inflected by case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Semitic languages==&lt;br /&gt;
===Arabic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Arabic grammar#Participle|l1=Arabic grammar: Participle}}&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Arabic grammar#Verb|Arabic verb]] has two participles: an active participle (اسم الفاعل) and a passive participle (اسم المفعول ), and the form of the participle is predictable by inspection of the dictionary form of the verb. These participles are inflected for gender, number and case, but not person. Arabic participles are employed syntactically in a variety of ways: as nouns, as adjectives or even as verbs. Their uses vary across [[varieties of Arabic]]. In general the active participle describes a property of the syntactic subject of the verb from which it is derived, whilst the passive participles describes the object. For example, from the verb كتب &#039;&#039;&#039;kataba&#039;&#039;&#039;, the active participle is &#039;&#039;&#039;kaatibun&#039;&#039;&#039; كاتب and the passive participle is &#039;&#039;&#039;maktuubun&#039;&#039;&#039; مكتوب. Roughly these translate to &#039;&#039;writing&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;written&#039;&#039; respectively. However, they have different, derived lexical uses. كاتب &#039;&#039;&#039;kaatibun&#039;&#039;&#039; is further lexicalized as &#039;&#039;writer&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;author&#039;&#039; and مكتوب &#039;&#039;&#039;maktuubun&#039;&#039;&#039; as &#039;&#039;letter&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Classical Arabic]] these participles do not participate in verbal constructions with auxiliaries the same way as their English counterparts do, and rarely take on a verbal meaning in a sentence (a notable exception being participles derived from [[Verb framing|motion verbs]] as well as participles in [[Qur&#039;anic Arabic]]).  In certain [[dialects of Arabic]] however, it is much more common for the participles, especially the active participle, to have verbal force in the sentence. For example, in dialects of the [[Levant]], the active participle is a structure which describes the state of the syntactic subject after the action of the verb from which it is derived has taken place. &#039;&#039;Aakel&#039;&#039;, the active participle of &#039;&#039;akal&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;to eat&#039;&#039;), describes one&#039;s state after having eaten something.  Therefore it can be used in analogous way to the English [[present perfect]] (i.e.,&#039;&#039;&#039;Ana aakel&#039;&#039;&#039; انا آكل meaning &#039;&#039;I have eaten&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;I have just eaten&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;I have already eaten&#039;&#039;). Other verbs, such as &#039;&#039;raaH&#039;&#039; راح (&#039;&#039;to go&#039;&#039;) give a participle (&#039;&#039;raayeH&#039;&#039; رايح) which has a progressive (&#039;&#039;is going...&#039;&#039;) meaning. The exact tense or continuity of these participles is therefore determined by the nature of the specific verb (especially its [[lexical aspect]] and its [[Transitivity (grammar)|transitivity]]) and the syntactic/semantic context of the utterance. What ties them all together is that they describe the subject of the verb from which they are derived. The passive participles in certain dialects can be used as a sort of [[passive voice]], but more often than not, are used in their various lexicalized senses as adjectives or nouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Finno-Ugric languages==&lt;br /&gt;
===Finnish===&lt;br /&gt;
Verb: tehdä (to do)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Present active: teke&#039;&#039;vä&#039;&#039;(doing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Present passive: teh&#039;&#039;tävä&#039;&#039;(doable) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Past active: teh&#039;&#039;nyt&#039;&#039; (has done) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Past passive: teh&#039;&#039;ty&#039;&#039;(been done) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Agent participle (passive): teke&#039;&#039;mä&#039;&#039; (done by...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Negative participle: tekemä&#039;&#039;tön&#039;&#039; (undone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other languages==&lt;br /&gt;
===Sireniki Eskimo===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Sireniki Eskimo language]], an extinct [[Eskimo–Aleut language]], has separate sets of &#039;&#039;adverbial participles&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;adjectival participles&#039;&#039;. Interestingly, adverbial participles are conjugated to reflect the person and number of their implicit subjects; hence, while in English a sentence like &amp;quot;If &#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039; were a marksman, &#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039; would kill walruses&amp;quot; requires two full clauses (in order to distinguish the two verbs&#039; different subjects), in Sireniki Eskimo one of these may be replaced with an adverbial participle (since its conjugation will indicate the subject).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Esperanto===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Esperanto grammar#Participles|l1=Esperanto grammar: Participles}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Esperanto]] has 6 different participle conjugations; active and passive for past, present and future. The participles are formed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!  &lt;br /&gt;
! Past&lt;br /&gt;
! Present&lt;br /&gt;
! Future&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Active&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| -int-&lt;br /&gt;
| -ant-&lt;br /&gt;
| -ont-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Passive&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| -it-&lt;br /&gt;
| -at-&lt;br /&gt;
| -ot-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a &#039;&#039;falonta botelo&#039;&#039; is a bottle which will fall. A &#039;&#039;falanta botelo&#039;&#039; is one that is falling through the air. After it hits the floor, it is a &#039;&#039;falinta botelo.&#039;&#039; These examples use the active participles, but the usage of the passive participles is similar. A cake that is going to be divided is a &#039;&#039;dividota kuko&#039;&#039;. When it is in the process of being divided, it is a &#039;&#039;dividata kuko&#039;&#039;. Having been cut, it is now a &#039;&#039;dividita kuko&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These participles can be used in conjunction with the verb to be, &#039;&#039;esti&#039;&#039;, forming 18 compound tenses (9 active and 9 passive). However, this soon becomes complicated and often unnecessary, and is only frequently used when rigorous translation of English is required. An example of this would be &#039;&#039;la knabo estos instruita&#039;&#039;, or, the boy will have been taught. This example sentence is then in the future anterior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the suffix &#039;&#039;-o&#039;&#039; is used, instead of &#039;&#039;-a&#039;&#039;, then the participle refers to a person. A &#039;&#039;manĝanto&#039;&#039; is someone who is eating. A &#039;&#039;manĝinto&#039;&#039; is someone who ate. A &#039;&#039;manĝonto&#039;&#039; is someone who will eat. Also, a &#039;&#039;manĝito&#039;&#039; is someone who was eaten, a &#039;&#039;manĝato&#039;&#039; is someone who is being eaten, and a &#039;&#039;manĝoto&#039;&#039; is someone who will be eaten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These rules hold true to all verbs, and there are no exceptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grammar]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Hanging participle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Non-finite verb]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Adjectival participle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Adverbial participle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Gerund]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Attributive verb]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{lexical categories|state=collapsed}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.myenglishteacher.net/irregular_verbs.html List of English simple past and past participle verb forms from myenglishteacher.net]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.bartleby.com/64/C001/047.html Participles] from the &#039;&#039;American Heritage Book of English Usage&#039;&#039; (1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Syntactic entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65097</id>
		<title>Genitive absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65097"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T20:40:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[Ancient Greek grammar]], the &#039;&#039;&#039;genitive absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; (Latin: &#039;&#039;&#039;genitivus absolutus&#039;&#039;&#039;) is a [[grammatical construction]] consisting of a [[participle]] and often a [[noun]] which are both in the [[genitive case]], very similar to the [[Latin grammar#Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in [[Latin]]. A genitive [[absolute construction]] serves as a dependent [[clause]], usually at the beginning of a sentence, in which the genitive noun is subject of the dependent clause and the participle takes on the role of predicate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &#039;&#039;absolute&#039;&#039; comes from the Latin &#039;&#039;absolutus&#039;&#039;, literally meaning &#039;&#039;made loose&#039;&#039;. This comes from the general truth that the genitive absolute does not refer to anything in the independent clause; although this is often true, there are many exceptions, notably in the [[New Testament]] and in [[Koine Greek|Koine]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Fuller | first = Lois K.|title = The &amp;quot;Genitive Absolute&amp;quot; in New Testament/Hellenistic Greek: A Proposal for Clearer Understanding|journal=Journal of Greco-Roman Christianity and Judaism|volume=3|pages=142–167|year=2006|url = http://divinity.mcmaster.ca/pages/jgrchj/volume3/JGRChJ3-7_Fuller.pdf | accessdate = 2006-12-09}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conjunctions in different tenses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three participle [[Grammatical tense|tenses]] are used in forming a genitive absolute. This results in different meanings of text and different translations, because of different relations in time between the independent and the dependent clause. &#039;&#039;Present participles&#039;&#039; are used when the information in the dependent clause happens &amp;quot;during&amp;quot; the independent clause, and are therefore translated as such. Either such a translated genitive absolute begins with, for example, &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, or a present participle is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Aorist participles&#039;&#039; are used when the dependent clause takes place before the independent clause. This means that instead of &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039; are the conjunctions in translations, or a perfect participle is applied and not a present one. &#039;&#039;Future participles&#039;&#039;, which are less common than their present and aorist counterparts, give information about what &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;might&#039;&#039; be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from translations with these conjunctions, others are also frequently used while translating a genitive absolute, such as &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;however&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;although&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Absolute constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolute constructions occur with other [[grammatical case]]s in [[Indo-European languages]], such as [[accusative absolute]], [[Latin grammar#Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in Latin, dative absolute in [[Gothic language|Gothic]] and [[Old Church Slavonic]], and locative absolute in [[Vedic Sanskrit]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|page=149|author=Benjamin W. Fortson IV|title=Indo-European Language and Culture: An Introduction|location=Malden, MA|publisher=Blackwell Publishing|year=2004|isbn=1-4051-0315-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Compare also [[nominative absolute]] in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below are two examples of the genitive absolute, in different tenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων&#039;&#039;&#039;, αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οἴκοι εἰσίν [tōn andrōn polemoúntōn, hai gunaīkes mónai oíkoi eisín]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;While the men are waging war&#039;&#039;&#039;, the women are at home by themselves.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This first example shows how a genitive absolute with a &#039;&#039;&#039;present&#039;&#039;&#039; participle is used with simultaneous actions. The independent clause is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οίκοι εἰσίν}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;...the women are at home by themselves&amp;quot;). The dependent clause and genitive absolute in this example is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;While the men are waging war&amp;quot;). It explains to the reader why the women are home alone, and yet is additional and not required information. Note the usage of the conjunction &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039;, indicating the two facts occurring at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating into English, failure to render the Greek participle into a finite clause often yields a stilted or even ungrammatical result: &amp;quot;The men waging war, the women are at home...&amp;quot; is hardly acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος&#039;&#039;&#039;, οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον [toū despótou keleúsantos, hoi doūloi ērgazon]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;After their master has ordered it&#039;&#039;&#039;, the slaves begin to work.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example shows a genitive absolute with an &#039;&#039;&#039;aorist&#039;&#039;&#039; participle. The independent clause in this sentence, &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον}}&amp;quot;, explains what happens (&amp;quot;...the slaves begin to work.&amp;quot;). The genitive absolute, being &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος}}&amp;quot;, provides the reader with additional information (&amp;quot;After the/their master has ordered (it)...&amp;quot;). Here, note the conjunction &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;, which indicates the two facts do &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; happen simultaneously, as they do with the present genitive absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, a more direct rendition, with &#039;having&#039; as an overt indicator of temporal sequence, is possible if somewhat stilted: &amp;quot;The master having ordered it, the slaves began to work.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com.ar/2010/06/genitive-absolute.html Katanik], blog entry explaining the genitive absolute in Ancient Greek in few easy terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65096</id>
		<title>Genitive absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65096"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T20:38:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[Ancient Greek grammar]], the &#039;&#039;&#039;genitive absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; (Latin: &#039;&#039;&#039;genitivus absolutus&#039;&#039;&#039;) is a [[grammatical construction]] consisting of a [[participle]] and often a [[noun]] which are both in the [[genitive case]], very similar to the [[Latin grammar#Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in [[Latin]]. A genitive [[absolute construction]] serves as a dependent [[clause]], usually at the beginning of a sentence, in which the genitive noun is subject of the dependent clause and the participle takes on the role of predicate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &#039;&#039;absolute&#039;&#039; comes from the Latin &#039;&#039;absolutus&#039;&#039;, literally meaning &#039;&#039;made loose&#039;&#039;. This comes from the general truth that the genitive absolute does not refer to anything in the independent clause; although this is often true, there are many exceptions, notably in the [[New Testament]] and in [[Koine Greek|Koine]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Fuller | first = Lois K.|title = The &amp;quot;Genitive Absolute&amp;quot; in New Testament/Hellenistic Greek: A Proposal for Clearer Understanding|journal=Journal of Greco-Roman Christianity and Judaism|volume=3|pages=142–167|year=2006|url = http://divinity.mcmaster.ca/pages/jgrchj/volume3/JGRChJ3-7_Fuller.pdf | accessdate = 2006-12-09}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conjunctions in different tenses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three participle [[Grammatical tense|tenses]] are used in forming a genitive absolute. This results in different meanings of text and different translations, because of different relations in time between the independent and the dependent clause. &#039;&#039;Present participles&#039;&#039; are used when the information in the dependent clause happens &amp;quot;during&amp;quot; the independent clause, and are therefore translated as such. Either such a translated genitive absolute begins with, for example, &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, or a present participle is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Aorist participles&#039;&#039; are used when the dependent clause takes place before the independent clause. This means that instead of &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039; are the conjunctions in translations, or a perfect participle is applied and not a present one. &#039;&#039;Future participles&#039;&#039;, which are less common than their present and aorist counterparts, give information about what &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;might&#039;&#039; be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from translations with these conjunctions, others are also frequently used while translating a genitive absolute, such as &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;however&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;although&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Absolute constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolute constructions occur with other [[grammatical case]]s in [[Indo-European languages]], such as [[accusative absolute]], [[Latin grammar#Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in Latin, dative absolute in [[Gothic language|Gothic]] and [[Old Church Slavonic]], and locative absolute in [[Vedic Sanskrit]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|page=149|author=Benjamin W. Fortson IV|title=Indo-European Language and Culture: An Introduction|location=Malden, MA|publisher=Blackwell Publishing|year=2004|isbn=1-4051-0315-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Compare also [[nominative absolute]] in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below are two examples of the genitive absolute, in different tenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων&#039;&#039;&#039;, αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οἴκοι εἰσίν [tōn andrōn polemoúntōn, hai gunaīkes mónai oíkoi eisín]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;While the men are waging war&#039;&#039;&#039;, the women are at home by themselves.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This first example shows how a genitive absolute with a &#039;&#039;&#039;present&#039;&#039;&#039; participle is used with simultaneous actions. The independent clause is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οίκοι εἰσίν}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;...the women are at home by themselves&amp;quot;). The dependent clause and genitive absolute in this example is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;While the men are waging war&amp;quot;). It explains to the reader why the women are home alone, and yet is additional and not required information. Note the usage of the conjunction &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039;, indicating the two facts occurring at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating into English, failure to render the Greek participle into a finite clause often yields a stilted or even ungrammatical result: &amp;quot;The men waging war, the women are at home...&amp;quot; is hardly acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος&#039;&#039;&#039;, οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον [toū despótou keleúsantos, hoi doūloi ērgazon]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;After their master has ordered it&#039;&#039;&#039;, the slaves begin to work.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example shows a genitive absolute with an &#039;&#039;&#039;aorist&#039;&#039;&#039; participle. The independent clause in this sentence, &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον}}&amp;quot;, explains what happens (&amp;quot;...the slaves begin to work.&amp;quot;). The genitive absolute, being &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος}}&amp;quot;, provides the reader with additional information (&amp;quot;After the/their master has ordered (it)...&amp;quot;). Here, note the conjunction &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;, which indicates the two facts do &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; happen simultaneously, as they do with the present genitive absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, a more direct rendition, with &#039;having&#039; as an overt indicator of temporal sequence, is possible if somewhat stilted: &amp;quot;The master having ordered it, the slaves began to work.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com.ar/2010/06/genitive-absolute.html Katanik], blog entry explaining the genitive absolute in Ancient Greek in few easy terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65094</id>
		<title>Genitive absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65094"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T20:36:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: Correcting minor errors&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[Ancient Greek grammar]], the &#039;&#039;&#039;genitive absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; (Latin: &#039;&#039;&#039;genitivus absolutus&#039;&#039;&#039;) is a [[grammatical construction]] consisting of a [[participle]] and often a [[noun]] which are both in the [[genitive case]], very similar to the [[Latin grammar#Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in [[Latin]]. A genitive [[absolute construction]] serves as a dependent [[clause]], usually at the beginning of a sentence, in which the genitive noun is subject of the dependent clause and the participle takes on the role of predicate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &#039;&#039;absolute&#039;&#039; comes from the Latin &#039;&#039;absolutus&#039;&#039;, literally meaning &#039;&#039;made loose&#039;&#039;. This comes from the general truth that the genitive absolute does not refer to anything in the independent clause; although this is often true, there are many exceptions, notably in the [[New Testament]] and in [[Koine Greek|Koine]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Fuller | first = Lois K.|title = The &amp;quot;Genitive Absolute&amp;quot; in New Testament/Hellenistic Greek: A Proposal for Clearer Understanding|journal=Journal of Greco-Roman Christianity and Judaism|volume=3|pages=142–167|year=2006|url = http://divinity.mcmaster.ca/pages/jgrchj/volume3/JGRChJ3-7_Fuller.pdf | accessdate = 2006-12-09}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conjunctions in different tenses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three participle [[Grammatical tense|tenses]] are used in forming a genitive absolute. This results in different meanings of text and different translations, because of different relations in time between the independent and the dependent clause. &#039;&#039;Present participles&#039;&#039; are used when the information in the dependent clause happens &amp;quot;during&amp;quot; the independent clause, and are therefore translated as such. Either such a translated genitive absolute begins with, for example, &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, or a present participle is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Aorist participles&#039;&#039; are used when the dependent clause takes place before the independent clause. This means that instead of &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039; are the conjunctions in translations, or a perfect participle is applied and not a present one. &#039;&#039;Future participles&#039;&#039;, which are less common than their present and aorist counterparts, give information about what &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;might&#039;&#039; be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from translations with these conjunctions, others are also frequently used while translating a genitive absolute, such as &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;however&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;although&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Absolute constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolute constructions occur with other [[grammatical case]]s in [[Indo-European languages]], such as [[accusative absolute]], [[Latin grammar#Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in Latin, dative absolute in [[Gothic language|Gothic]] and [[Old Church Slavonic]], and locative absolute in [[Vedic Sanskrit]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|page=149|author=Benjamin W. Fortson IV|title=Indo-European Language and Culture: An Introduction|location=Malden, MA|publisher=Blackwell Publishing|year=2004|isbn=1-4051-0315-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Compare also [[nominative absolute]] in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below are two examples of the genitive absolute, in different tenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων&#039;&#039;&#039;, αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οἴκοι εἰσίν [tōn andrōn polemoúntōn, hai gunaīkes mónai oíkoi eisín]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;While the men are waging war&#039;&#039;&#039;, the women are at home by themselves.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This first example shows how a genitive absolute with a &#039;&#039;&#039;present&#039;&#039;&#039; participle is used with simultaneous actions. The independent clause is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οίκοι εἰσίν}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;...the women are at home by themselves&amp;quot;). The dependent clause and genitive absolute in this example is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;While the men are waging war&amp;quot;). It explains to the reader why the women are home alone, and yet is additional and not required information. Note the usage of the conjunction &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039;, indicating the two facts occurring at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating into English, failure to render the Greek participle into a finite clause often yields a stilted or even ungrammatical result: &amp;quot;The men waging war, the women are at home...&amp;quot; is hardly acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος&#039;&#039;&#039;, οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον [toū despótou keleúsantos, hoi doūloi ērgazon]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;After their master has ordered it&#039;&#039;&#039;, the slaves begin to work.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example shows a genitive absolute with an &#039;&#039;&#039;aorist&#039;&#039;&#039; participle. The independent clause in this sentence, &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον}}&amp;quot;, explains what happens (&amp;quot;...the slaves begin to work.&amp;quot;). The genitive absolute, being &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος}}&amp;quot;, provides the reader with additional information (&amp;quot;After the/their master has ordered (it)...&amp;quot;). Here, note the conjunction &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;, which indicates the two facts do &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; happen simultaneously, as they do with the present genitive absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, a more direct rendition, with &#039;having&#039; as an overt indicator of temporal sequence, is possible if somewhat stilted: &amp;quot;The master having ordered it, the slaves began to work.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com.ar/2010/06/genitive-absolute.html Katanik], blog entry explaining the genitive absolute in Ancient Greek in few easy terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65093</id>
		<title>Genitive absolute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Genitive_absolute&amp;diff=65093"/>
		<updated>2012-04-27T20:34:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Esploranto: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In [[Ancient Greek grammar]], the &#039;&#039;&#039;genitive absolute&#039;&#039;&#039; (Latin: &#039;&#039;&#039;genitivus absolutus&#039;&#039;&#039;) is a [[grammatical construction]] consisting of a [[participle]] and often a [[noun]] which are both in the [[genitive case]], very similar to the [[Latin grammar#Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in [[Latin]]. A genitive [[absolute construction]] serves as a dependent [[clause]], usually at the beginning of a sentence, in which the genitive noun is subject of the dependent clause and the participle takes on the role of predicate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &#039;&#039;absolute&#039;&#039; comes from the Latin &#039;&#039;absolutus&#039;&#039;, literally meaning &#039;&#039;made loose&#039;&#039;. This comes from the general truth that the genitive absolute does not refer to anything in the independent clause; although this is often true, there are many exceptions, notably in the [[New Testament]] and in [[Koine Greek|Koine]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Fuller | first = Lois K.|title = The &amp;quot;Genitive Absolute&amp;quot; in New Testament/Hellenistic Greek: A Proposal for Clearer Understanding|journal=Journal of Greco-Roman Christianity and Judaism|volume=3|pages=142–167|year=2006|url = http://divinity.mcmaster.ca/pages/jgrchj/volume3/JGRChJ3-7_Fuller.pdf | accessdate = 2006-12-09}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conjunctions in different tenses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three participle [[Grammatical tense|tenses]] are used in forming a genitive absolute. This results in different meanings of text and different translations, because of different relations in time between the independent and the dependent clause. &#039;&#039;Present participles&#039;&#039; are used when the information in the dependent clause happens &amp;quot;during&amp;quot; the independent clause, and are therefore translated as such. Either such a translated genitive absolute begins with, for example, &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, or a present participle is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Aorist participles&#039;&#039; are used when the dependent clause takes place before the independent clause. This means that instead of &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;as&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039; are the conjunctions in translations, or a perfect participle is applied and not a present one. &#039;&#039;Future participles&#039;&#039;, which are less common than their present and aorist counterparts, give information about what &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;might&#039;&#039; be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from translations with these conjunctions, others are also frequently used while translating a genitive absolute, such as &#039;&#039;because&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;however&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;although&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Absolute constructions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolute constructions occur with other [[grammatical case]]s in [[Indo-European languages]], such as [[accusative absolute]], [[Latin grammar#Ablative_absolute|ablative absolute]] in Latin, dative absolute in [[Gothic language|Gothic]] and [[Old Church Slavonic]], and locative absolute in [[Vedic Sanskrit]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|page=149|author=Benjamin W. Fortson IV|title=Indo-European Language and Culture: An Introduction|location=Malden, MA|publisher=Blackwell Publishing|year=2004|isbn=1-4051-0315-9}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Compare also [[nominative absolute]] in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below are two examples of the genitive absolute, in different tenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων&#039;&#039;&#039;, αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οἴκοι εἰσίν [tōn andrōn polemoúntōn, hai gunaīkes mónai oíkoi eisín]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;While the men are waging war&#039;&#039;&#039;, the women are at home by themselves.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This first example shows how a genitive absolute with a &#039;&#039;&#039;present&#039;&#039;&#039; participle is used with simultaneous actions. The independent clause is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|αἱ γυναῖκες μόναι οίκοι εἰσίν}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;...the women are at home by themselves&amp;quot;). The dependent clause and genitive absolute in this example is &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολεμούντων}}&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;While the men are waging war&amp;quot;). It explains to the reader why the women are home alone, and yet is additional and not required information. Note the usage of the conjunction &#039;&#039;while&#039;&#039;, indicating the two facts occurring at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating into English, failure to render the Greek participle into a finite clause often yields a stilted or even ungrammatical result: &amp;quot;The men waging war, the women are at home...&amp;quot; is hardly acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος&#039;&#039;&#039;, οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον [toū despótou keleúsantos, hoi doūloi ērgazon]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;After their master has ordered it&#039;&#039;&#039;, the slaves begin to work.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example shows a genitive absolute with an &#039;&#039;&#039;aorist&#039;&#039;&#039; participle. The independent clause in this sentence, &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|οἱ δοῦλοι ἢργαζον}}&amp;quot;, explains what happens (&amp;quot;...the slaves begin to work.&amp;quot;). The genitive absolute, being &amp;quot;{{lang|grc|τοῦ δεσπότου κελεύσαντος}}&amp;quot;, provides the reader with additional information (&amp;quot;After the/their master has ordered (it)...&amp;quot;). Here, note the conjunction &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039;, which indicates the two facts do &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; happen simultaneously, as they do with the present genitive absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, a more direct rendition, with &#039;having&#039; as an overt indicator of temporal sequence, is possible if somewhat stilted: &amp;quot;The master having ordered it, the slaves began to work.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://katanik.blogspot.com.ar/2010/06/genitive-absolute.html Katanik], blog entry explaining the genitive absolute in Ancient Greek in few easy terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{{msg:Wikipedia}} [[Wikipedia:Verb|Verb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Esploranto</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>